Standards Book - 2008

1 MATERIALS
2008
DRILLING AND THREAD DEPTHS
2
THREAD SELECTION SERIES AND UNDERCUTS
DESIGN DIRECTIVES
3 CURVES, DIAGONALS, UNDERCUTS

STANDARDS BOOK / DESIGN
PERMISSIBLE BOLT LOADS, TIGHTENING TORQUES,

4
PRETENSIONING TOOLS
This copy will not be updated in case of changes!
DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS ON FASTENERS

SCREWS AND BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS IN CONJUNCTION WITH
5 COUNTERSINKS/COUNTERBORES AND/OR HOLES, LOAD RING
THREADS, FOUNDATION ANCHORING ELEMENTS
MECHANICAL FASTENERS
PRODUCT STANDARDS / PARTS KEPT IN STOCK
6 SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS; SETSCREWS, PINS, STUDS AND OTHER

FASTENERS; WASHERS AND RETAINING ELEMENTS;
LOCKNUTS AND LOCKING PLATES
7 PARALLEL KEYS
8 AXLE HOLDERS, PINS, BUSHINGS
STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS

SEMI-FINISHED PRODUCTS KEPT IN STOCK
9
AUXILIARY AND OPERATING MATERIALS KEPT IN
STOCK
STANDARD PIPE DIMENSIONS, PIPE COUPLINGS,

10 FLANGES, WELDING FITTINGS, PIPE FASTENERS,
HOSELINES
Exclusion from use in SAP
The standard parts quoted in this Standards Book 2008 are a selection from the DIN, DIN EN and DIN
EN ISO standards.
These parts are intended exclusively for the preparation of drawings and bills of materials in STOR.
When drawings and bills of material are prepared in SAP, the standardised parts in the Standards
Book do not correspond to the selection series released for use. The standardised parts to be used in
this case are provided in SAP as master data and are additionally made available in PARTsolutions.
The table below shows the standards used with STOR and with SAP.
The most recent versions of the standards can be found on the Intranet under:
• Standardization – Standards Online
© SMS Demag AG 2008

The reproduction, distribution and utilization of this document as well as the communication of its contents to
others without express authorization is prohibited. Offenders will be held liable for the payment of damages.
All rights reserved in the event of the grant of a patent, utility model or design.
SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft

Normung (Dept. of Standardization)
Phone: +49 (0) 2733 29-1093
Fax: +49 (0) 2733 29-1073
E-mail: hueb@sms-demag.com
1st edition (January 2008)

Table of standards STOR - SAP
In STOR under Designation In SAP under
DIN 174 Flats EN 10278
DIN 176 Hexagons EN 10278
DIN 939 Stud e = 1,5 x d SN 375
DIN 1142 Wire rope grip EN 13411-5
Tube, seamless, for precision

DIN 2391 EN 10305-4
applications
DIN 2440 Tube (threaded tube) EN 10255
DIN 2441 Tube (threaded tube) EN 10255
EN 10208-2
EN 10216-1
DIN 2448 Tube, seamless EN 10216-2
EN 10216-3
EN 10297-1
EN 10217-1
DIN 2458 Tube, welded EN 10217-2
EN 10296-1
DIN 2462 Stainless steel tube, seamless ISO 1127 (EN 10216-5)
DIN 2463 Stainless steel tube, welded ISO 1127 (EN 10217-7)
DIN 2828 Cam locking coupling EN 14420-7
DIN 3090 Thimble EN 13411-1
DIN 3870 Union nut ISO 8434-1
ISO 4014 Hexagon head bolt (> M64) DIN 931
Hexagon socket head cap screw

ISO 4762 DIN 912
(>M64)
DIN 3771
SN 430 O-ring DIN 8434-4
+ catalogue item
SN 734 Pipe fastener / clamp DIN 3015-2
SN 751/807 etc. Welding cone coupling Catalogue item (AVIT)
ISO 12240-1, type E

SN 821 Spherical plain bearing
(caution with size indication)
ISO 12240-1, type W
SN 823 Spherical plain bearing
SN 832/865 etc. Compression ferrule coupling Catalogue item (Parker Ermeto)

Table of standards SAP - STOR
In SAP under Designation In STOR under
Hexagon socket head cap screw

DIN 912 ISO 4762
(> M64)
DIN 931 Hexagon head bolt (> M64) ISO 4014
DIN 3015-2 Pipe fastener / clamp SN 734
DIN 3771 O-ring SN 430
EN 10208-2 Tube, seamless DIN 2448
EN 10217-1 Tube, welded DIN 2458
EN 10255 Tube (threaded tube) DIN 2440
EN 10255 Tube (threaded tube) DIN 2441
EN 10278 Flats DIN 174
EN 10278 Hexagons DIN 176

Tube, seamless, for precision
EN 10305-4 DIN 2391
applications
EN 13411-1 Thimble DIN 3090
EN 13411-5 Wire rope grip DIN 1142
EN 14420-7 Cam locking coupling DIN 2828
ISO 1127 (EN 10216-5) Stainless steel tube, seamless DIN 2462
ISO 1127 (EN 10217-7) Stainless steel tube, welded DIN 2463
ISO 8434-1 Union nut DIN 3870
ISO 8434-4 O-ring SN 430

ISO 12240-1, type E
Spherical plain bearing SN 821
ISO 12240-1, type W
Spherical plain bearing SN 823
Catalogue item O-ring SN 430
Catalogue item (Parker Ermeto) Compression ferrule coupling SN 832/865 etc.
Catalogue item (AVIT) Welding cone coupling SN 751/807 etc.
SN 375 Stud e = 1,5 x d DIN 939

January 2008
Materials NH
Part 1
Selection
developed from SN 359
This Part 1 of the Standards Book (Normenheft, NH for short) shows a selection of materials which are preferably used in
SMS Demag products and specifies the properties of these materials. Within this selection, priority shall be given to the semi-
finished products of Part 9, which are kept in stock, and to the materials they are made of.
CAD-STOR
The materials are made available in the CAD library and can be used in the drawings.
CAD-SAP
The materials are entered in the SAP transaction "ZMM_Werkstoff" by the Dept. of Standardization ATE2. In the preparation
of drawings, the CAD system has direct access to this file of materials. In the ProE system a file of materials is created with
the help of an additional programme and the system has access to the material master data stored in this file.
Use can be made only of those materials which have been given the status FG (freigegeben/released) in SAP. Applications
for the addition of missing materials or for changes of the master data can be filed with the Dept. of Standardization ATE2.
Material conversion
Comparative tables are available which state the Chinese and Russian equivalents of a part of the materials specified herein.
The tables can be found on the SMS Demag Intranet under Various – Standardization – Standards Online.
Table of contents: Page
Rolled and forged steels ....................................................................................................................................2 to 27
Steels for screws, bolts, nuts and washers ...................................................................................................28 to 31
Cast iron ..................................................................................................................................................................32
Cast steel ................................................................................................................................................................32 to 37
Non-ferrous metals ...............................................................................................................................................38 to 45
Footnotes ................................................................................................................................................................46
Continued on pages 2 to 46
Page 2
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
Longitudinal direction = l
Elongation at rupture
Notch impact energy

Specimen position l
Material
Nominal thickness
Transverse dir. = t
and long products
Yield point for flat
Test temperature
ISO-V specimen
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
ReH Rm KV HBW
Type and Treatment Density
Designation No. mm MPa MPa J
standard condition %
kg/dm³
min. min. min.
≤ 16 235 26
S235JR+N 1.0038 > 16 ≤ 40 225 26 JR 27 20°C l
> 40 ≤ 63 215 360 to 510 25
> 63 ≤ 80 215 24 100 -
S235J0+N 1.0114 7,85 > 80 ≤ 100 215 24 J0 27 0°C l 150
> 100 ≤ 150 195 350 to 500 22
> 150 ≤ 200 185 21
340 to 490
S235J2+N 1.0117 > 200 ≤ 250 175 21 J2 27 -20°C l
≤ 16 275 23
S275JR+N 1.0044 > 16 ≤ 40 265 23 JR 27 20°C l
> 40 ≤ 63 255 410 to 560 22
> 63 ≤ 80 245 21
110 -
S275J0+N 1.0143 normalised 7,85 > 80 ≤ 100 235 21 J0 27 0°C l 165
> 100 ≤ 150 225 400 to 540 19
> 150 ≤ 200 215 18
Unalloyed S275J2+N 1.0145 > 200 ≤ 250 205 380 to 540 18 J2 27 -20°C l
structural steels
DIN EN 10025-2 ≤ 16 355 22
16) S355JR+N 1.0045 > 16 ≤ 40 345 22 JR 27 20°C l
> 40 ≤ 63 335 470 to 630 21
> 63 ≤ 80 325 20
S355J0+N 1.0553 > 80 ≤ 100 315 20 J0 27 0°C l 130 -
7,85
> 100 ≤ 150 295 18 190
> 150 ≤ 200 285 450 to 600 17
S355J2+N 1.0577 > 200 ≤ 250 275 17 J2 27 -20°C l
> 250 ≤ 400 265 17
E295 1.0050
The steels E295, E335 and E360, for which no toughness values have been determined, should not be used
E335 1.0060 and replaced with the structural steels mentioned above. They shall not be used for equipment with CE marking.
E360 1.0070
For footnotes, see page 46

Page 3
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Flame and Relative cost
Nitration-hardened factor
induction-hardened 5) 6) 7)
19)
Welding suitability
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
For machining
At the surface
At the surface
Application example
temperature
For material
Chemical composition Application reference
(ladle analysis) in per cent
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Cu N TP

SMS Demag
specific (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. max. max. each max. max. max.
0,035 0,012
0,20
- - - - - - - 1,40 0,030 - - 0,55 0,012 1 - 0,9 1,2 0,9
(0,17)*
0,025 -
0,035 0,012
Wall thick-
0,22 0,030 0,012 nesses Steel for general
- - - - - - - 1,50 - - 0,55 2 1,0 1,2 0,9 purposes,
(0,21)* from 30 mm:
ca. 150°C welded structures
0,025 -
0,035 0,012
Wall thick-
480 420 0,6 0,22 nesses
- - - 0,55 1,60 0,030 - - 0,55 0,012 2 1,0 1,3 1,0
+ 50 (0,20)* from30 mm:
ca. 150°C
0,025 -
* Value applies to product thicknesses <40 mm

Page 4
NH Part 1 : 2008–01
Strength properties
1) 2)
Yield point or 0,2% proof
Notch impact energy

Material
Nominal thickness
Transverse dir. = t
Test temperature
t = wall thickness
ISO-V specimen
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
stress
ReH / Rm KV HBW
Treatment Density Rp 0,2
Type and standard Designation No. mm MPa MPa %
condition J
kg/dm³ min. min. min.
≤ 16 275
40 -20°C l
S275N 1.0490 > 16 ≤ 40 265 N
20 -20°C t
> 40 ≤ 63 255
> 63 ≤ 80 245 100 -
7,85 350 to 510 23
> 80 ≤ 100 235 150
>100 ≤ 150 225 27 -50°C l
S275NL 1.0491 ≤ 200 NL
>150 215 16 -50°C t
>200 ≤ 250 205
≤ 16 355
40 -20°C l
S355N 1.0545 > 16 ≤ 40 345 N
20 -20°C t
> 40 ≤ 63 335
> 63 ≤ 80 325 130 -
7,85 450 to 630 21
> 80 ≤ 100 315 190
Hot-rolled, >100 ≤ 150 295 27 -50°C l
normalised, S355NL 1.0546 ≤ 200 NL
>150 285 16 -50°C t
weldable >200 ≤ 250 275
fine-grain structural steels normalised
DIN EN 10025-3 ≤ 16 420
40 -20°C l
S420N 1.8902 > 16 ≤ 40 400 N
20 -20°C t
16) > 40 ≤ 63 390
> 63 ≤ 80 370 150
7,85 500 to 680 18
> 80 ≤ 100 360 - 200
>100 ≤ 150 340 27 -50°C l
S420NL 1.8912 ≤ 200 NL
>150 330 16 -50°C t
> 200 ≤ 250 320
S460N 1.8901 ≤ 16 460 40 -20°C l

> 16 ≤ 40 440 N
20 -20°C t
> 40 ≤ 63 430
155-
7,85 > 63 ≤ 80 410 530 to 720 17
215
> 80 ≤ 100 400 27 -50°C l
S460NL 1.8903 >100 ≤ 150 380 NL
16 -50°C t
>150 ≤ 200 370

Page 5
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Relative cost
Flame and factor
Nitration-hardened
19)
Chemical composition
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
For machining
Application example
At the surface
At the surface
temperature
For material
Application reference
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP
% % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. max. each max. max. max. max.
0,18
0,50
- - - - - - 0,40 to 0,30 2 150 1,1 1,6 1,2
1,50
0,16
0,20
0,90
- - - - - - 0,50 to 0,50 2 150 1,1 1,6 1,2
1,65 Welding regulations
acc. to SEW 088
N max. 0,015
0,18 shall be observed.
Al min. 0,02 **
total
P 0,030 Cu max. 0,55

0,30 0,10 Subsequent attach-
S 0,025 ***
Nb max. 0,05 ment welds are not
V max. 0,12 acceptable and
Ti max. 0,05 shall be replaced
1,00 with bolted connec-
- - - - - - 0,20 0,60 to 0,80 2 150 1,2 1,7 1,2 tions.
1,70
1,00
- - - - - - 0,20 0,60 to 0,80 2 150 1,3 1,8 1,2
1,70
** The minimum value of the Altotal content does not apply if there are sufficient contents of nitrogen-fixing elements.
*** When the copper contents exceed 0,35%, the nickel content shall be at least half the copper content.
Page 6
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1) 2)
Notch impact energy

Material
Nominal thickness
Transverse dir. = t
Test temperature
ISO-V specimen
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
stress
R eH / Rm KV HBW
Density R p 0,2
Type and standard Designation No. Treatment mm MPa MPa % J
condition kg/dm³
min. min. min.
30 -20°C l
S620Q 1.8914 > 3 ≤ 50 620 Q
27 -20°C t
700 to 890
190
30 -40°C l
S620QL 1.8927 7,85 > 50 ≤ 100 580 15 QL -
27 -40°C t
265
30 -60°C l
S620QL1 1.8987 > 100 ≤ 150 560 650 to 830 QL1
27 -60°C t
30 -20°C l
S690Q 1.8931 > 3 ≤ 50 690 770 to 940 Q
27 -20°C t
210
30 -40°C l
Hot-rolled S690QL 1.8928 7,85 > 50 ≤ 100 650 760 to 930 14 QL
27 -40°C t
-
structural steels of 280
high yield strength 30 -60°C l
in quenched and S690QL1 1.8988 Quenched and > 100 ≤ 150 630 710 to 900 QL1
tempered 27 -60°C t
tempered condition
30 -20°C l
S890Q 1.8940 Q
DIN EN 10025-6 27 -20°C t
> 3 ≤ 50 890 940 to 1100
260
30 -40°C l
S890QL 1.8983 7,85 11 QL -
27 -40°C t
325
> 50 ≤ 100 830 880 to 1100 30 -60°C l
S890QL1 1.8925 QL1
27 -60°C t
30 -20°C l
S960Q 1.8941 Q
27 -20°C t 290
7,85 > 3 ≤ 50 960 980 to 1150 10 -
30 -40°C l 340
S960QL 1.8933 QL
27 -40°C t

Page 7
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
Application example
For machining
At the surface
At the surface
temperature
For material
% % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. max. max. each max. max. max. max. max.
P 0,025 B 0,0050
S 0,015 Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 P 0,020 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 * 4 to - - -
S 0,010 Ti 0,05 * 150
V 0,12 *
P 0,020 Zr 0,15 *
S 0,010
P 0,025
B 0,0050
S 0,015
Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 P 0,020 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 * 4 to - - -
S 0,010 Ti 0,05 * 150
V 0,12 * Vessel, trunnion ring,
P 0,020 Zr 0,15 * brackets, lamella
S 0,010 plates
P 0,025
S 0,015 B 0,0050
Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
P 0,020
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 * 4 to - - -
S 0,010
Ti 0,05 * 150
V 0,12 *
P 0,020 Zr 0,15 *
S 0,010
P 0,025 B 0,0050
S 0,015 Cu 0,50
N 0,015 120
- - - - - - 0,20 0,80 1,70 1,50 0,70 2,0 Nb 0,06 * 4 to - - -
P 0,020 Ti 0,05 * 150
S 0,010 V 0,12 *
Zr 0,15 *
* At least one of the grain-minimizing elements, one of which is aluminium AlLös, should be present at a min. percentage of 0,015%.
Page 8
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1)
Notch impact energy

Material
Product thickness
Transverse dir. = t
Test temperature
ISO-V specimen
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
Yield point
t ReH Rm KV HBW
Type and Density
Designation No. mm MPa MPa % J
standard Treatment condition
t ≤ 16 235
16 < t ≤ 40 225
360 to 480
40 < t ≤ 60 215 110 -
P235GH+N 1.0345 7,85 24 40 +20°C t
60 < t ≤ 100 200 145
100 < t ≤ 150 185 350 to 480
150 < t ≤ 250 170 340 to 480
t ≤ 16 265
16 < t ≤ 40 255
410 to 530
40 < t ≤ 60 245 115 -
P265GH+N 1.0425 7,85 22 40 +20°C t
60 < t ≤ 100 215 155
100 < t ≤ 150 200 400 to 530
Flat products 150 < t ≤ 250 185 390 to 530
made of steels normalised
for pressure t ≤ 16 355
purposes; 16 < t ≤ 40 345 510 to 650
non-alloy and
40 < t ≤ 60 335 140 -
alloy steels P355GH+N 1.0473 7,85 20 40 +20°C t
60 < t ≤ 100 315 490 to 630 193
DIN EN 10028-2 100 < t ≤ 150 295 480 to 630
16) 150 < t ≤ 250 280 470 to 630
t ≤ 16 275
16 < t ≤ 40 270 440 to 590
40 < t ≤ 60 260 120 -
16Mo3+N 1.5415 7,86 22 31 +20°C t
60 < t ≤ 100 240 430 to 560 175
100 < t ≤ 150 220 420 to 570
150 < t ≤ 250 210 410 to 570
t ≤ 16 300
450 to 600 31 +20°C t
13CrMo4-5+NT 16 < t ≤ 60 290
quenched and 27 +20°C t 125 -
1.7335 7,85 60 < t ≤ 100 270 440 to 590 19
tempered 178
13CrMo4-5+QT 100 < t ≤ 150 255 430 to 580 -
150 < t ≤ 250 245 420 to 570 -

Page 9
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
For machining
Application example
At the surface
At the surface
temperature
For material
% % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. each max. max.
Al total
min. 0,020
N max. 0,012
0,60 Cu max. 0,30
max. P 0,025 max. max.
- - - - - - 0,35 to 0,30 Nb max- 0,020 1 - - - -
0,16 S 0,015 0,30 0,08 Ti max. 0,03
1,20
V max. 0,02
Cr+Cu+Mo+Ni
max. 0,70
Al total
min. 0,020 Wall
N max. 0,012 thick-
0,80 Cu max. 0,30
max. P 0,025 max. max. ness
- - - - - - 0,40 to 0,30 Nb max- 0,020 2 - - -
0,20 S 0,015 0,30 0,08 Ti max. 0,03 from
1,40
V max. 0,02 30 mm
Cr+Cu+Mo+Ni ca. 150
max. 0,70
Al total
min. 0,020 Wall
N max. 0,012 thick- Pressure vessels,
0,10 1,10 Cu max. 0,30 metal sheets,
P 0,025 max. max. ness
- - - - - - to 0,60 to 0,30 Nb max- 0,020 2 - - - steel strips
S 0,015 0,30 0,08 Ti max. 0,03 from
0,22 1,70
V max. 0,02 30 mm
Cr+Cu+Mo+Ni ca. 150
max. 0,70
Wall
thick-
0,12 0,40 0,25
P 0,025 max. * ness
- - - - - - to 0,35 to to 0,30 Cu 0,30 2 - - -
S 0,010 0,30 max. from
0,20 0,90 0,35
30 mm
ca. 150
0,08 0,40 0,70 0,40

P 0,025 *
- - - - - - to 0,35 to to to - Cu max. 0,30 2 ca. 250 - - -
S 0,010
0,18 1,00 1,15 0,60
* The aluminium share Al total of the heat shall be determined and indicated in the inspection document.
Page 10
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1)
Notch impact energy

Material
Product thickness
Transverse dir. = t
Test temperature
ISO-V specimen
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
Yield point
t ReH Rm KV HBW
Type and Density
Designation No. mm MPa MPa % J
standard Treatment condition
t ≤ 16 275
P275NH 1.0487
16 < t ≤ 40 265 390 to 510 24
40 < t ≤ 60 255 105 -
P275NL1 1.0488 7,85 - -
60 < t ≤ 100 235 370 to 490 150
100 < t ≤ 150 225 360 to 480 23
P275NL2 1.1104
150 < t ≤ 250 215 350 to 470
Flat products
t ≤ 16 355 50 +20°C t
made of steels P355N 1.0562 N
for pressure 16 < t ≤ 40 345 490 to 630 22 75 +20°C l b)
purposes, 50 +20°C t
P355NH 1.0565 40 < t ≤ 60 335 NH
weldable fine normalised 75 +20°C l b) 130 -
7,85
grain structural 60 < t ≤ 100 315 470 to 610 60 +20°C t 190
P355NL1 1.0566 NL1
steels 80 +20°C l b)
100 < t ≤ 150 305 460 to 600 21 70 +20°C t
P355NL2 1.1106 NL2
DIN EN 10028-3 150 < t ≤ 250 295 450 to 590 85 +20°C l b)
t ≤ 16 460
50 +20°C t c)
P460NH 1.8935 16 < t ≤ 40 445 NH
570 to 720 17 75 +20°C l c)
60 +20°C t c) 160 -
P460NL1 1.8915 7,85 40 < t ≤ 60 430 NL1
80 +20°C l c) 215
70 +20°C t c)
P460NL2 1.8918 60 < t ≤ 100 400 540 to 710 16 NL2
85 +20°C l c)
100 < t ≤ 250 a) a) a)
a) Values must be agreed upon in the enquiry and order.

b) The values apply to product thicknesses up to 40 mm.
c) The values apply to product thicknesses up to 100mm.

Page 11
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
For machining
Application example
At the surface
At the surface
temperature
For material
% % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. max. each max. max. max. max.
Al total
min. 0,020 Wall
P 0,025 N max. 0,012 thick-
0,80 S 0,015 Cu max. 0,30
ness
- - - - - - 0,16 0,40 to 0,30 0,08 0,50 Nb max- 0,05 2 - - -
Ti max. 0,03 from
1,50
P 0,020 V max. 0,05 30 mm
S 0,010 Nb+Ti+V ca. 150
d) max. 0,05
Al total
min. 0,020 Wall
P 0,025 N max. 0,012 thick-
1,10 S 0,015 Cu max. 0,30
ness -
- - - - - - 0,18 0,50 to 0,30 0,08 0,50 Nb max- 0,05 2 - - -
Ti max. 0,03 from
1,70
P 0,020 V max. 0,10 30 mm
S 0,010 Nb+Ti+V ca. 150
d) max. 0,12
Al total
min. 0,020 Wall
P 0,025 N max. 0,025 thick-
1,10 S 0,015 Cu max. 0,70
ness
- - - - - - 0,20 0,60 to 0,30 0,10 0,80 Nb max- 0,05 2 - - -
Ti max. 0,03 from
1,70
P 0,020 V max. 0,20 30 mm
S 0,010 Nb+Ti+V ca. 150
d) max. 0,22
d) applies only to steel grades bearing the additional designation NL2.

Page 12
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)
ISO V specimen, longit.

Fatigue strength under
t = product thickness
Notch impact energy

Reduction of area at
Yield point or 0,2%
Material
Nominal thickness
reversed bending
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
d = diameter
proof stress
stresses
rupture
ReH / Rm A Z KV Rbw
HBW
Type and Treatment Density Rp 0,2
Designation No.
standard condition mm MPa MPa % % J MPa
kg/dm³ min. min. min. min. min.
max.
C10E+A 1.1121 7,85 - - - - - - -
soft
131
annealed
max.
C15E+A 1.1141 7,85 - - - - - - -
143
Case hardening 16MnCr5+TH 156 -

1.7131 7,85 - - - - - - -
steels 207
treated for
DIN EN 10084 20MnCr5+TH
hardness 170 -
1.7147 range 7,85 - - - - - - -
217
179 -
18CrNiMo7-6+TH 229
18CrNiMo7-6+FP 1.6587 7,85 - - - - - - - 159 -
FP **
207
18CrNiMo7-6+A soft max.
annealed 229
C22+N 1.0402
normalised d ≤ 16 t ≤ 16 240 min. 430 24
- - -
min.
16 < d ≤ 100 16 < t ≤ 100 210 min. 410 25 122
C22E+N 1.1151
7,85
C22+QT 1.0402 quenched
d ≤ 16 t≤ 8 340 500 to 650 20 50 - 140 -
and -
C22E+QT 1.1151 tempered 16 < d ≤ 40 8 < t ≤ 20 290 470 to 620 22 50 50 193
C35+N 1.0501 d ≤ 16 t ≤ 16 300 min. 550 18

min.
normalised 16 < d ≤ 100 16 < t ≤ 100 270 min. 520 19 - - -
150
C35E+N 1.1181 100 < d ≤ 250 100 < t ≤ 250 245 min. 500 19
7,85
C35+QT 1.0501 quenched d ≤ 16 t≤ 8 430 630 to 780 17 40 -
16 < d ≤ 40 8 < t ≤ 20 165 -
and 380 600 to 750 19 45 35 -
230
C35E+QT 1.1181 tempered 40 < d ≤100 20 < t ≤ 60 320 550 to 700 20 50 35
Steels for C45+N 1.0503 d ≤ 16 t ≤ 16 340 min. 620 14

min.
quenching and normalised 16 < d ≤ 100 16 < t ≤ 100 305 min. 580 16 - - -
167
tempering, C45E+N 1.1191 100 < d ≤ 250 100 < t ≤ 250 275 min. 560 16
unalloyed 7,85
C45+QT 1.0503 quenched d ≤ 16 t≤ 8 490 700 to 850 14 35 -
16 < d ≤ 40 8 < t ≤ 20 187 -
DIN EN and 430 650 to 800 16 40 25 -
252
10083-1/-2 C45E+QT 1.1191 tempered 40 < d ≤100 20 < t ≤ 60 370 630 to 780 17 45 25
C55+N 1.0535 d ≤ 16 t ≤ 16 370 min. 680 11

min.
185
C55E+N 1.1203 100 < d ≤ 250 100 < t ≤ 250 300 min. 620 12
7,85
C55+QT 1.0535 quenched d ≤ 16 t≤ 8 550 800 to 950 12 30
16 < d ≤ 40 8 < t ≤ 20 208 -
and 490 750 to 900 14 35 - -
C55E+QT 1.1203 tempered 280
40 < d ≤100 20 < t ≤ 60 420 700 to 850 15 40
C60+N 1.0601 d ≤ 16 t ≤ 16 380 min. 710 10

min.
192
C60E+N 1.1221 100 < d ≤ 250 100 < t ≤ 250 310 min. 650 11
7,85
C60+QT 1.0601 quenched d ≤ 16 t≤ 8 580 850 to 1000 11 25
16 < d ≤ 40 8 < t ≤ 20 223 -
and 520 800 to 950 13 30 - -
297
C60E+QT 1.1221 tempered 40 < d ≤100 20 < t ≤ 60 450 750 to 900 14 35
** Treated for ferrite-pearlite structure and hardness range

Page 13
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Relative cost
Flame and induc-
tion-hardened 5) 6) 7)
19)
Welding preheat tem-

Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
In nitriding depth
Hardening depth
At the surface
Nitriding depth
For machining
At the surface
Limit hardness
Application example
For material
perature
SMS Demag specific
(mm) % % % % % % % % (°C)
(mm) (mm) min. min. max. max. each max.
0,07 0,30
- - - - to - - 0,40 to 0,035 - - - - 2 - - - - -
0,13 0,60
0,12 0,30
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 - - - - 2 - - - - -
0,18 0,60
0,14 1,00 0,80 Pins, bushes
Car- to 0,40 to 0,035 to - - - 2 ca. 200 - - -
buriz- Per- sliding liners, eccentrics,
0,19 1,30 1,10
ing missi- At the Limit Hard- Rela- 0,17 cylinders, worm shafts,
1,10 1,00 pinion shafts
depth ble sur- hard- ening tive to 0,40 to 0,035 to - - - 2 ca. 250 - - -
C min.: devia- face ness depth cost 0,22 bevel gears, gearwheels
1,40 1,30
0,4% tion HRC HV1 Eht factor
1,6 0,2 57+5 520 0,8 4) 1,0 0,15 0,50 1,50 0,25 1,40 Gear components, ring
2,4 1,2 4) 1,1 2 a)
0,3 9) to 0,40 to 0,015 b) to to to - ca. 300 1,6 2,1 2,9 gears, drive pinions,
1,6 4) (5)
3,2 0,3 1,2 0,21 0,90 1,80 0,35 1,70
4,0 2,0 4) 1,4 wear parts
0,3
0,17 0,40 Cr+Mo+ For medium loads,

P:0,030 max. max. max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to Ni max. 1c) - 1,0 1,3 1,1
S:0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 for general purposes
0,24 0,70 0,63
- - - - - - 1,2
0,045
0,32 0,50 Cr+Mo+
max. max. max.
to 0,40 to Ni max. 2 150 1,1 1,4
P:0,030 d) 0,40 0,10 0,40
2 0,39 0,80 d) 0,63
300 S:0,035
51+6 420 to 200 0,5 1,6
+50
4
2
50+6 410 to - - - 1,2
0,045
4 0,42 0,50 Cr+Mo+
max. max. max.
to 0,40 to Ni max. 3 250 1,2 1,5
P:0,030 d) 0,40 0,10 0,40
2 0,50 0,80 d) 0,63
360 S:0,035
55+6 484 to 300 0,5 1,7
+50
4 For medium loads,
for general purposes
surface-hardenable
- - - - - - -
0,045
0,52 0,60 Cr+Mo+
max. max. max.
to 0,40 to Ni max. 4 350 1,2 1,5
P:0,030 d) 0,40 0,10 0,40
2 0,60 0,90 d) 0,63
400 S:0,035
57+6 520 to 330 0,5 1,8
+50
4
1,3
0,045
0,57 0,60 Cr+Mo+
max. max. max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to Ni max. 5 350 1,6 2,1
P:0,030 d) 0,40 0,10 0,40
0,65 0,90 d) 0,63
S:0,035
-
a) In non-hardened condition (otherwise 5: not weldable).

b) Special requirement of SMS Demag.
c) Forgings weldable only under certain conditions after consultation with the designer and the specialist welding engineer.
d) For steel grades C35E, C45E, C55E, C60E.
Page 14
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)
reversed bending stresses

t = flat-product thickness

Notch impact energy

Material
Nominal thickness
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
d = diameter
rupture
stress
ReH / Rm A Z KV Rbw HBW
Density Rp 0,2
Type and Treatment
Designation No. mm MPa MPa % % J MPa
standard condition
kg/dm³
min. min. min. min. min.
t ≤ 16; d ≤ 16 345 min. 630 17
min
28Mn6+N normalised 16 < t ≤ 100; 16 < d ≤ 100 310 min. 600 18 - - -
175
100 < t ≤ 250; 100 < d ≤ 250 290 min. 590 18
1.1170 7,85
t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 590 800 to 950 13 40 -
28Mn6+QT 205 -
8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 490 700 to 850 15 45 40 -
300
20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 440 650 to 800 16 50 40
t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 700 900 to 1100 12 50 - 440*
8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 600 800 to 950 14 55 50 - 205 -
25CrMo4+QT 1.7218 7,83
20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 450 700 to 850 15 60 50 - 345
60 < t ≤ 100; 100 < d ≤ 160 400 650 to 800 16 60 45 -
t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 900 1100 to 1300 10 40 - 530*

8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 750 1000 to 1200 11 45 35 -
235 -
42CrMo4+QT 1.7225 7,83 20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 650 900 to 1100 12 50 35 -
410
Alloyed steels 60 < t ≤ 100; 100 < d ≤ 160 550 800 to 950 13 50 35 -
for quenching 100 < t ≤ 160; 160 < d ≤ 250 500 750 to 900 14 55 35 -
and tempering,
quenched
DIN EN and t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 900 1100 to 1300 9 40 - 570*
10083-2/-3 tempered 8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 780 1000 to 1200 10 45 30 -
250 -
50CrMo4+QT 1.7228 7,85 20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 700 900 to 1100 12 50 30 -
410
60 < t ≤ 100; 100 < d ≤ 160 650 850 to 1000 13 50 30 -
100 < t ≤ 160; 160 < d ≤ 250 550 800 to 950 13 50 30 -
t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 1050 1250 to 1450 9 40 - 570*

8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 1050 1250 to 1450 9 40 30 -
280 -
30CrNiMo8+QT 1.6580 7,80 20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 900 1100 to 1300 10 45 35 -
465
60 < t ≤ 100; 100 < d ≤ 160 800 1000 to 1200 11 50 45 -
100 < t ≤ 160; 160 < d ≤ 250 700 900 to 1100 12 50 45 -
t ≤ 8; d ≤ 16 1000 1200 to 1400 9 40 - -

8 < t ≤ 20; 16 < d ≤ 40 900 1100 to 1300 10 45 45 -
250 -
34CrNiMo6+QT 1.6582 7,85 20 < t ≤ 60; 40 < d ≤ 100 800 1000 to 1200 11 50 45 -
460
60 < t ≤ 100; 100 < d ≤ 160 700 900 to 1100 12 55 45 -
100 < t ≤ 160; 160 < d ≤ 250 600 800 to 950 13 55 45 -
* defined specifically for SMS Demag purposes

Page 15
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Flame and Relative cost factor
Nitration-hardened
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Application example
Nitriding depth
Limit hardness
At the surface
At the surface
For machining
For material
temperature
HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni TP
Others
SMS Demag specific* %
% % % % % % % (°C)
max.
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. each max.
0,25 1,30 Cr+Mo

P 0,030 max. max. max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to +Ni 3 250 - - -
S 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40
0,32 1,65 0,63
0,22 0,60 0,90 0,15 200

600 P 0,025 Trunnions, pressure
- - - 310 0,6 to 0,40 to to to - - 4 to 1,5 1,9 1,6
+100 S 0,035 plates, piston rods
0,29 0,90 1,20 0,30 400
Piston rods, drive

2 0,38 0,60 0,90 0,15 300
500 P 0,025 shafts, universal joint
54+6 464 to 310 0,6 to 0,40 to to to - - 4 to 1,7 2,1 1,6
+100 S 0,035 shafts, coupling
6 0,45 0,90 1,20 0,30 350
wobblers, mill pinions,
gearwheels
Thrust plates, piston

2 0,46 0,50 0,90 0,15 350
500 P 0,025 rods, pinch rolls, uni-
56+6 504 to 310 0,6 to 0,40 to to to - - 4 to 1,7 2,2 1,6
+100 S 0,035 versal joint shaft
6 0,54 0,80 1,20 0,30 400
heads, pinion shafts,
bevel gears
0,26 0,50 1,80 0,30 1,80 300

650 P 0,025
- - - 350 0,6 to 0,40 to to to to - 4 to 1,7 2,2 2,9
+100 S 0,035 Gear wheels
0,34 0,80 2,20 0,50 2,20 350
Universal joint shaft

2 0,30 0,50 1,30 0,15 1,30 300 heads, worm shafts,
600 P 0,025
52+6 435 to 330 0,6 to 0,40 to to to to - 4 to 1,7 2,2 2,9 pinion shafts, gear
+100 S 0,035
6 0,38 0,80 1,70 0,30 1,70 350 racks, gearwheels,
mill pinions
Page 16
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Material
Nominal thickness
reversed bending
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
Type of product
(guide values)
stresses
rupture
stress
Type and Density mm Rp 0,2
Designation No. Treatment
standard MPa MPa % % J MPa
condition
700
220 -
X20Cr13+QT700 10) - ≤ 160 500 to 13 - 25 370
268
850
quenched and
tempered
800
250 -
X20Cr13+QT800 10) 1.4021 7,70 - ≤ 160 600 to 12 - 20 400
300
950
X20Cr13+A max.
- - - max. 760 - - - -
annealed 230
800
250 -
X17CrNi16-2+QT800 10) 600 to 20
quenched and 280
900
10 - -
tempered 900
280 -
X17CrNi16-2+QT90010) 1.4057 7,70 - ≤ 250 700 to 15
330
1050
X17CrNi16-2+A max.
- max. 1000 - - - -
annealed 295
max.
X90CrMoV18+A 1.4112
annealed
7,70 - ≤ 100 - - - - - -
265
quenched and
Stainless steels X39CrMo17-1+QT tempered
C* ≤ 3 - - - - - - -
DIN EN 1.4122 7,70

10088-1 to -3 X39CrMo17-1+A C* ≤ 6 max.
- max. 900 12 - - -
annealed 280
H* ≤ 12
500
≤ 160 180
X5CrNi18-10 1.4301 7,90 - 190 to 35 - 100 -
> 160 ≤ 250 700
-
C* ≤ 6 240
530
-
to 40
680
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4401 8,00 H* ≤ 12 220 - - -
solution- 90
annealed 520
P* ≤ 75 220 to 45
670
500
≤ 160
X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 7,90 - 190 to 30 - 100 200 -
> 160 ≤ 450 700
500
≤ 160
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 8,00 - 200 to 30 - 100 - -
> 160 ≤ 450 700
*C = cold-rolled strip; H = hot-rolled strip; P = hot-rolled plate;

Page 17
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
induction- Nitration-hardened factor
hardened 5) 6) 7)
19)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
In nitriding depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
Nitriding depth
Application example
For machining
At the surface
At the surface
temperature
For material

SMS Demag specif.
% % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) min. min. (mm) max. max. each max.
- - - - - - 4 300 - - -
Pins, shafts, bushings,

0,16 P 0,040 12,0 pipe clamps, oil
- - - - - - to 1,00 1,50 S 0,015 to - - - 4 300 - - - distributors, screws/
0,25 a) 14,0 bolts, washers, semi-
finished products
- - - - - - 4 300 - - -
- - - - - -
0,12 15,00 1,50 Semi-finished

P 0,040
- - - - - - to 1,00 1,50 to - to - 4 300 - - -
S 0,030 products
0,22 17,00 2,50
- - - - - -
0,85 17,00 0,90 V

P 0,040
- - - - - - to 1,00 1,00 to to - 0,07 to 5 - - - - Wear plates
S 0,015
0,95 19,00 1,30 0,12
47 375
to to - - - - 5 - - - -
53 448 0,33 15,50 0,80
P 0,040 max. Cold and hot-rolled
to 1,00 1,50 to to -
S 0,015 1,00 strip, hot-rolled plate
0,45 17,50 1,30
- - - - - - 5 - - - -
Screws/bolts,
P 0,045 17,0 8,00 washers, flanges,
max. N max.
- - - - - - 1,00 2,00 S 0,015 to - to 1 - 1,5 1,9 3,8 vessels, shapes,
0,07 0,11
a) 19,5 10,50 wires, chains, semi-
finished products
Anchor bolts, shim

16,50 2,00 10,00
max. P 0,045 N max. packs, plates, stud
- - - - - - 1,00 2,00 to to to 1 - 1,6 2,0 5,2
0,07 S 0,015 0,11 anchors, seals
18,50 2,50 13,00
Flanges, vessels, pipe

P 0,045 17,0 9,00 Ti couplings, shapes,
max.
- - - - - - 1,00 2,00 S 0,015 to - to 5x C 1 - 1,6 2,0 5,2
0,08 semi-finished
a) 19,0 12,00 to 0,70
products, seals
P 0,045 16,50 2,00 10,50 Ti Flanges, pipes, pipe

max.
- - - - - - 1,00 2,00 S 0,015 to to to 5x C 1 - 1,6 2,0 5,2 couplings, semi-
0,08 a) 18,50 2,50 13,50 to 0,70 finished products
a) For bars, wires and forgings a max. content of 0.030 % S is applicable.

Page 18
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1) 2)
Longitud. direction = l
Notch impact energy
Transv. direction. = t
Material
Nominal thickness
Test temperature
ISO-V specimen
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
stress
ReH / Rm A KV
HBW
Type and Density Rp 0,2
standard mm MPa MPa % J
condition
kg/dm³ min. min. min. min.
≤ 100 215 340 24 l 35 20°C l
min
S235JR+N 1.0038 7,85 > 100 ≤ 250 175 340 23 l JR 30 20°C l
100
> 250 ≤ 500 165 340 23 l 27 20°C l
≤ 100 215 340 24 l 35 -20°C l
min
S235J2+N 1.0116 7,85 > 100 ≤ 250 175 340 23 l J2 30 -20°C l
100
> 250 ≤ 500 165 340 23 l 27 -20°C l
≤ 100 315 490 20 l 35 -20°C l
min
S355J2+N 1.0577 normalised 7,85 > 100 ≤ 250 275 450 18 l J2 30 -20°C l
133
> 250 ≤ 500 265 450 18 l 27 -20°C l
min
C22+N 1.0402 7,85 ≤ 100 210 410 25 l - -
122
≤ 100 300 530 22 l 50 20°C l
20Mn5+N
> 100 ≤ 250 280 520 22 l 50 20°C l min
-
> 250 ≤ 500 260 500 22 l 40 20°C l 145
1.1133 7,85 > 500 ≤ 750 250 490 22 l 40 20°C l
≤ 70 400 550 16 l 50 20°C l
20Mn5+QT quenched and min
> 70 ≤ 160 300 500 20 l - 45 20°C l
tempered 100
> 160 ≤ 330 300 500 20 l 45 20°C l
≤ 100 310 600 18 35 20°C l
> 100 ≤ 250 290 570 18 30 20°C l min
28 Mn6+N normalised -
Non-alloy steels > 250 ≤ 500 270 540 18 25 20°C l 160
for open die 1.1170 7,85 > 500 ≤ 1000 260 540 17 20 20°C l
forgings ≤ 70 440 650 16 40 20°C l
quenched and min
28 Mn6+QT tempered > 70 ≤ 160 390 590 18 - 34 20°C l
DIN EN 10250-2 160
> 160 ≤ 330 340 540 19 29 20°C l
≤ 100 270 520 19 l 30 20°C l
> 100 ≤ 250 245 500 19 l 25 20°C l min
C35E+N normalised -
> 250 ≤ 500 220 480 19 l 20 20°C l 140
1.1181 7,85 > 500 ≤ 1000 210 470 18 l 17 20°C l
≤ 70 320 550 20 l 35 20°C l
C35E+QT quenched and min
> 70 ≤ 160 290 490 22 l - 31 20°C l
tempered 140
> 160 ≤ 330 270 470 21 l 25 20°C l
≤ 100 305 580 16 l -
> 100 ≤ 250 275 560 16 l 18 20°C l min
C45E+N normalised -
> 250 ≤ 500 240 540 16 l 15 20°C l 156
1.1191 7,85 > 500 ≤ 1000 230 530 15 l 12 20°C l
≤ 70 370 630 17 l 25 20°C l
> 70 ≤ 160 340 590 18 l - 22 20°C l
tempered 160
> 160 ≤ 330 320 540 17 l 20 20°C l
≤ 100 340 670 11 l -
> 100 ≤ 250 310 650 11 l - min
C60E+N normalised -
> 250 ≤ 500 275 630 11 l - 185
1.1221 7,85 > 500 ≤ 1000 260 620 10 l -
≤ 70 450 750 14 l
> 70 ≤ 160 390 690 15 l - -
tempered 198
> 160 ≤ 330 350 670 14 l

Page 19
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Flame and induction hardened Relative cost
or case hardened factor
5) 6) 7)
19)
Relative cost factor for

Permissible deviation
hardening treatment
Welding suitability
Carburizing depth
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
Welding preheat
For machining
Limit hardness
At the surface
Application example
For material
temperature
C min.: 0,4%
HRC HV1 Eht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP

SMS Demag specific
(mm) % % % % % % % % (°C)
(mm) (mm) min. min. max. max. each max. max. max. max.
max. max.
- - - - - - 0,55 0,045 0,30 0,08 0,30 Al min.
a) a) 0,9 1,2 1
0,20 1,40
0,020 For low loads,
max. max. for general
- - - - - - 0,55 0,035 0,30 0,08 0,30 Cr+ Mo+ a) a) - - 1
0,17 1,40 purposes
Ni max.
max. max. 0,48
- - - - - - 0,55 0,035 0,30 0,08 0,30 a) a) 1,0 1,3 1
0,22 1,60
0,17 0,40 Cr+Mo+
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 0,40 0,10 0,40 Ni max. a) a) 1,0 1,3 1
0,24 0,70 0,63
Al min.
0,020 1
0,17 1,00
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 a) a) - -
Cr+Mo+
0,23 1,50 For medium loads,
Ni max.
0,63 1,3 for general
purposes
1,1
0,25 1,30
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 a) a) - -
0,32 1,65
1,4
1
0,32 0,50
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 a) a) 1,1 1,4
0,39 0,80
Cr+Mo+ 1,3
Ni max.
0,63
1 For medium loads,
0,42 0,50
for general
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 a) a) 1,2 1,5
purposes,
0,50 0,80
surface-hardenable
1,3
1
0,57 0,60
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40 a) a) 1,6 2,1
0,65 0,90
1,3
a) Forgings weldable only under certain conditions; previous consultation required with the designer and the specialist welding engineer.
Page 20
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1) 2)
Notch impact energy

Material
Nominal thickness
ISO V specimen,
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
longitudinal
stress
ReH / Rm A KV HBW
standard MPa MPa % J
condition
≤ 70 450 700 15 50
25CrMo4+QT 1.7218 7,85 > 70 ≤ 160 400 650 17 - 45 178
> 160 ≤ 330 380 600 18 38
≤ 70 550 800 14 45
34CrMo4+QT 1.7220 7,85 > 70 ≤ 160 450 700 15 - 40 205
> 160 ≤ 330 410 650 16 33
≤ 160 500 750 14 30
> 160 ≤ 330 460 700 15 27
42CrMo4+QT 1.7225 7,85 > 330 ≤ 500
- 22 178
390 600 16
♦ > 500 ≤ 750 390 590 to 740 16 (38)∆
≤ 160 550 800 13 25
> 160 ≤ 330 540 750 14 20
50CrMo4+QT 1.7228 7,85 > 330 ≤ 500
- 15 220
490 700 15
♦ > 500 ≤ 750 490 690 to 840 15 (31)∆
Alloy steels for ≤ 160 700 900 12 45
open die > 160 ≤ 330 630 850 12 45
forgings 30CrNiMo8+QT 1.6580 7,85 > 330 ≤ 660
- 40 250
590 800 12
DIN EN 10250-3 ♦ > 500 ≤ 1000 590 780 to 930 12 (45)∆
Quenched and
tempered ≤ 160 600 800 13 45
and
> 160 ≤ 330 540 750 14 45
34CrNiMo6+QT 1.6582 7,85 > 330 ≤ 660 490 700 15 - 40 220
♦ SEW 550
♦ > 500 ≤ 1000 490 690 to 840 15 (41)∆
(for >500 mm)
≤ 160 980 1100 10 28
> 160 ≤ 330 820 1000 12 48
> 330 ≤ 660 780 950 12 48
33NiCrMoV14-5+QT 1.6956 7,85 ♦ ≤ 1000
- (34)∆ 260
785 930 to 1130 12
♦ >1000 ≤ 1500 735 880 to 1080 13 (34)∆
♦ >1500 ≤ 2000 685 830 to 980 14 (34)∆
≤ 160 680 900 12 35
> 160 ≤ 330 630 850 13 35
32CrMo12+QT 1.7361 7,85 > 330 ≤ 660 490 700 15 - 35 220
♦ > 500 ≤ 750 590 780 to 930 14 (34)∆
♦ > 750 ≤ 1250 490 690 to 840 15 (34)∆
≤ 160 700 900 12 35
30CrMoV9+QT 1.7707 7,85 - 250
> 160 ≤ 330 590 800 14 35
∆ DVM specimen, longitudinal

Page 21
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Relative cost factor
5) 6) 7)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Welding preheat
Application example
For machining
temperature
For material
C Si Mn P&. S Cr Mo Ni Others TP
% % % % % % % % (°C)
max. each max.
0,22 0,60 0,90 0,15
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) 1,5 1,9 1,6
0,29 0,90 1,20 0,30
0,30 0,60 0,90 0,15
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) - - - Pressure plates, coupling
0,37 0,90 1,20 0,30 wobblers, drive shafts, bending
blocks
0,38 0,60 0,90 0,15
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) 1,7 2,1 1,6
0,45 0,90 1,20 0,30
0,46 0,50 0,90 0,15 Pressure rolls, mandrel bodies,

to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - - a) a) 1,7 2,2 1,6
coilers for hot-rolling mills
0,54 0,80 1,20 0,30
0,26 0,30 1,80 0,30 1,80

to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to - a) a) 1,7 2,2 2,9
0,34 0,60 2,20 0,50 2,20 Reel shafts for cold rolling m ills,
tie rods, spindle shafts,
0,30 0,50 1,30 0,15 1,30 gearwheels
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to - a) a) 1,7 2,2 2,9
0,38 0,80 1,70 0,30 1,70
0,28 0,15 1,00 0,30 2,90

V 0,08
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to to a) a) - - -
to 0,25
0,38 0,40 1,70 0,60 3,80
Big-diameter reel mandrels for
cold-rolling mills, wobblers, spindle
0,28 0,40 2,80 0,30 shafts, gearwheels, CVC blocks,
max. pins, push rods, top pressure
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to - a) a) - - -
0,60 cylinders
0,35 0,70 3,30 0,50
0,26 0,40 2,30 0,15

max. V 0,10
to 0,40 to 0,035 to to a) a) - - -
0,60 to 0,20
0,34 0,70 2,70 0,25
Page 22
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Material
Brinell hardness G
Nominal thickness
reversed bending
Tensile strength
(guide values)
stresses
rupture
stress
Designation No. Treatment MPa
standard MPa % % J MPa
condition
kg/dm³ min. min. min. min. min. min. max.
X20Cr13+QT700 10)
Quenched and
tempered
Values are indicated in DIN EN 10088-1 to -3
X20Cr13+QT800 10) 1.4021 7,70
or in Part 1 of the Standards Book on pages 16 and 17.
X20Cr13+A Annealed
X17CrNi16-2+QT800
10) Quenched and
tempered
X17CrNi16-2+QT900 1.4057 7,70
10) or in Part 1 of the Standards Book on pages 16 and 17.
X17CrNi16-2+A Annealed
Steels for
forgings
X4CrNiMo16-5-1 550 760 to 960 90
DIN EN 10250-4 +QT760 10) Quenched and
tempered ≤ 450 16 -
X4CrNiMo16-5-1 1.4418 7,70 700 900 to 1100 - 80 -
+QT900 10)
X4CrNiMo16-5-1+A
Annealed - - ≤ 1100 - - 320

X5CrNi18-10 1.4301 - 7,90

X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 - 7,90 or in Part 1 of the Standards Book on pages 16 and 17.

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 - 8,00

X5CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4401 - 8,00

Page 23
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
5) 6) 7)
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Welding preheat
Application example
For machining
temperature
For material
C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP
% % % % % % % % (°C)
max. max. max. each max. max.
Big-diameter reel mandrels for

cold-rolling mills, wobblers, spindle
Values are indicated in DIN EN 10088-1 to -3 a) a) - - - shafts, gearwheels, CVC blocks,
pins, push rods, top pressure
cylinders
Values are indicated in DIN EN 10088-1 to -3 a) a) - - -

15,00 0,80 4,00 Discharge covers, bottom

P 0,045 N
0,06 0,70 1,50 to to to a) a) - - -
S 0,030 0,020 pressure cylinders
17,00 1,50 6,00

a) a) 1,5 1,9 3,8
Water boxes
Values are indicated in DIN EN 10088-1 to -3 a) a) 1,6 2,0 5,2

a) a) 1,6 2,0 5,2
Values are indicated in DIN EN 10088-1 to -3 a) a) 1,6 2,0 5,2

Page 24
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Material
Nominal thickness
reversed bending
t = wall thickness
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
stresses
rupture
stress
ReH / Rm A Z KV Rbw
HBW
Designation No.
standard condition Mm MPa MPa % % J MPa
40CrMoV4-6+QT quenched and ≤ 100 700 850 to 1000 14 45 30 265-
-
High 1.7711 tempered 7,85 > 100 ≤ 160 640 850 to 1000 14 45 25 315
temperature 40CrMoV4-6+A max.
annealed - - - - - - -
steels 241
250 -
X22CrMoV12-1+QT1 ≤ 160 600 800 to 950 14 40 27 -
DIN EN 10269 quenched and 300
1.4923 7,70
X22CrMoV12-1+QT2 tempered 282 -
≤ 160 700 900 to 1050 11 35 20 -
330
≤ 60 250
> 60 ≤ 105 240 410 to 540 44
High > 105 ≤ 225 230 120 -
P250GH+N 1.0460 normalised 7,85 25 - -
temperature 160
> 225 ≤ 375 210
steels for 400 to 520 40
> 375 ≤ 750 200
forgings
≤ 100 39
DIN EN 10222-2 X20CrMoV11-1+QT 1.4922 quenched and 7,76 500 700 to 850 16 - 310
220 -
> 100 ≤ 250 31
tempered 265
> 250 ≤ 330 27
≥ 5 ≤ 10 380 500 to 800 7
> 10 ≤ 16 340 480 to 780 8
C15+C 1.0401 drawn 7,85 > 16 ≤ 40 280 430 to 730 9 - - - -
> 40 ≤ 63 240 380 to 670 11
> 63 ≤ 100 215 340 to 600 12
Bright steel ≥ 5 ≤ 10 565 750 to 1050 5
products > 10 ≤ 16 500 710 to 1030 6
C45+C 1.0503 drawn 7,85 > 16 ≤ 40 410 650 to 1000 7 - - - -
> 40 ≤ 63 360 630 to 900 8
DIN EN 10277-2
> 63 ≤ 100 310 580 to 850 8
≥ 5 ≤ 10 410 650 to 950 6
> 10 ≤ 16 420 600 to 900 7
E295GC+C 1.0533 drawn 7,85 > 16 ≤ 40 320 550 to 850 8 - - - -
> 40 ≤ 63 300 520 to 770 9
> 63 ≤ 100 255 470 to 740 9
Sheets
DC01+LC 1.0330 cold-drawn - ≤ 3 140 270 to 410 28 - - - -
DIN EN 10130
t ≤ 16 235
105 -
P235TR1 1.0254 normalised 7,85 16 < t ≤ 40 225 360 to 500 25 l - - -
149
40 < t ≤ 60 215
t ≤ 16 235
105 -
P235GH 1.0345 - 7,85 16 < t ≤ 40 225 360 to 500 25 l - 40 -
149
Tubes 40 < t ≤ 60 215
t ≤ 12
355 490 to 650
DIN EN 12 < t ≤ 20
10216-1 to -3 20 < t ≤ 40 345
133 -
and P355N 1.0562 7,85 40 < t ≤ 50 335 490 to 630 22 l - 55 l -
190
DIN EN 10305-4 50 < t ≤ 65 325
normalised
65 < t ≤ 80 315
450 to 590
80 < t ≤ 100 305
100 -
E235 1.0308 7,85 - 235 340 to 480 25 - - -
143
X2CrNiMo17-12-2 1.4404 8,0 ≤ 60 190 490 to 690 40 l - 100 l - -

Stainless steel
tubes
solution-
X6CrNiTi18-10 1.4541 annealed and 7,9 ≤ 60 200 500 to 730 35 l - 100 l - -
DIN EN 10216-5
quenched
DIN EN 10217-7
DIN EN 10296-2
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 1.4571 8,0 ≤ 60 210 500 to 730 35 l - 100 l -

Page 25
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Flame and induction hardened Relative cost
or case hardened factor
5) 6) 7)
19)
Relative cost factor for

Permissible deviation
hardening treatment
Welding suitability
Carburizing depth
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
For machining
Application example
At the surface
temperature
For material
C min.: 0,4%
HRC HV1 Eht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP

SMS Demag specific
(mm) % % % % % % % % (°C)
(mm) (mm) min. min. max. max. each max.
0,36 0,45 0,90 0,50 V
P 0,025
- - - - - - to 0,40 to to to - 0,25 to 5 - - - - Tools
S 0,030
0,44 0,85 1,20 0,65 0,35
0,18 0,40 11,00 0,80 0,30 V 350

P 0,025
- - - - - - to 0,50 to to to to 0,25 to 4 to - - -
S 0,015
0,24 0,90 12,50 1,20 0,80 0,35 450
Forged coiler segments

0,18 0,40 Al (hot strip), table rollers
P 0,025 max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to - - 0,015 to a) a) - - - (cover), shafts for
S 0,015 0,30
0,23 0,90 0,050 mandrel extension
0,17 0,30 10,00 0,80 0,30 V 350

P 0,025
- - - - - - to 0,40 to to to to 0,20 to 4 to - - -
S 0,015
0,23 1,00 12,50 1,20 0,80 0,35 450
0,12 0,30
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 - - - - 1 - - - -
0,18 0,80
0,42 0,50 Cr+Mo+ 200 Bright unalloyed steels,

max. max. max.
- - - - - - to 0,40 to 0,045 Ni max. 4 to 1,1 1,4 2,3 key steels
0,40 0,10 0,40
0,50 0,80 0,63 400
150
N max.
- - - - - - - - - 0,045 - - - 3 to 1,0 1,3 1,3
0,009
200
max. max.
- - - - - - - 0,045 - - - - 5 - - - 1,0 Sheets
0,12 0,60
max. max. P 0,025
- - - - - - 0,35 - - - - 1 - 0,9 1,2 1,0
0,16 1,20 S 0,020
Cr+Cu+
max. max. P 0,025 max. max. max.
- - - - - - 0,35 Mo+Ni 1 - 0,9 1,2 1,0
0,16 1,20 S 0,020 0,30 0,08 0,30
max. 0,70
Altotal
min. 0,020
0,90
max. P 0,025 max. max. max. Cumax 0,30
- - - - - - 0,50 to Nmax 0,020 2 - 1,0 1,3 1,3
0,20 S 0,020 0,30 0,08 0,50 Nb
1,70 max 0,05
Timax 0,04
Vmax 0,10 Pipework
max. max. P 0,025
- - - - - - 0,35 - - - - 1 - - - -
0,17 1,20 S 0,015
16,50 2,00 10,00
max. max. P 0,045 N max.
- - - - - - 1,00 to to to 1 - - - -
0,030 2,00 S 0,015 0,11
18,50 2,50 13,00
17,00 9,00
max. max. P 0,045 Ti 5x%C
- - - - - - 1,00 to - to 1 - - - 8,1
0,08 2,00 S 0,015 to 0,70
19,00 12,00
16,50 2,00 10,50
max. max. P 0,045 Ti 5x%C
- - - - - - 1,00 to to to 1 - - - 12,0
0,08 2,00 S 0,015 to 0,70
18,50 2,50 13,50
Page 26
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Mechanical properties
ISO V specimen, longi-
(guide values, maker's

Notch impact energy
Test temperature for

notch impact energy
Material
Nominal thickness
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
rupture
tudinal
stress
data)
ReH / Rm Z KV HBW
Designation No. mm MPa MPa % % J °C
standard condition
kg/dm³ min. min. min. min.
> 10 ≤ 15 650 1000 13 - 20 - 20 ≥ 280

DILLIDUR
Alloyed 325L
(1.8705) normalised 7,85 > 15 ≤ 25 - - - - - ≥ 260
special steel
(21MnCr6-5)
> 25 ≤ 50 - - - - - ≥ 240
≤ 25 1000 1300 12 - 30 -40

DILLIDUR®
> 25 ≤ 30 - - - - - -
400 V
(1.8715) 7,85 > 30 ≤ 50 - - - - - - 370-430
> 50 ≤ 90 - - - - - -
(17MnCr5-3)
> 90 ≤ 150 - - - - - -
Water-quenched DILLIDUR® water-quenched ≤ 25 1200 1500 11 - 30 -20

wear-resistant 450 V > 25 ≤ 45 - - - - - -
(1.8720) and tempered 7,85 420-480
steel > 45 ≤ 70 - - - - - -
(18MnCr5-3) > 70 ≤ 100 - - - - - -
DILLIDUR®
≤ 30 1300 1650 8 - 25 -20 470-530
500 V
(1.8721) 7,85 > 30 ≤ 70 - - - - - - 450-530
> 70 ≤ 100 - - - - - -
(26MnCr6-3)
4 ≤ 10 - - - - -
> 10 ≤ 20 1000 1250 10 - 45 - 40
HARDOX > 20 ≤ 32 - - - - -
- - 7,85 370-430
400 > 32 ≤ 51 - - - - -
High-strength > 51 ≤ 80 - - - - -
plates made of > 80 - - - - -
≤130
fine-grained
4 ≤ 13 - - - - -
engineering
steels HARDOX > 13 ≤ 26 1300 1550 8 - 30 - 40
- - 7,85 470-530
500 > 26 ≤ 40 - - - - -
> 40 ≤ 80 - - - - -
HARDOX
- - 7,85 > 10 ≤ 30 - - - - - 560-640
600
> 4 ≤ 50 700
D (1.8931) > 50 ≤ 100 650 780- 930 14* - 30* 0 -
> 100 ≤ 130 630 710- 900
WELDOX
> 4 ≤ 50 700
High-strength 700 quenched and 780- 930 14*
E (1.8928) 7,85 > 50 ≤ 100 650 - 35* 0 -
weldable plate tempered
> 100 ≤ 130 630 710- 900
(S690)
> 4 ≤ 50 700
F (1.8988) > 50 ≤ 100 650 780- 930 14* - 40* 0 -
> 100 ≤ 130 630 710- 900
> 4 ≤ 50 900 940-1100
D (1.8940) 12* - 30* 0 -
> 50 ≤ 80 830 880-1100
WELDOX
High-strength 900
quenched and > 4 ≤ 50 900 940-1100
quenched and E (1.8983) 7,85 12* - 35* 0 -
tempered > 50 ≤ 80 830 880-1100
tempered plate (S890)
> 4 ≤ 50 900 940-1100
F (1.8925) 12* - 40* 0 -
> 50 ≤ 80 830 880-1100
* Transverse test specimens DILLIDUR = supplier designation by Dillinger Hütte, GTS;

HARDOX = supplier designation by SSAB;
WELDOX = supplier designation by SSAB.
Page 27
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
5) 6) 7)

Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
For machining
For material
Remark
perature
C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP
% % % % % % % % (°C)
each
max. max. max. max. max. max. max.
max.
Available in thicknesses from 5 to 50 mm;
Cu 0,6 100 max. short-time working temperature 300 °C ;
0,30 1,2 1,0 V 0,20 normalising temperature 920 °C to 970 °C;
P 0,025
0,23 to to to 0,5 0,6 2 to - - - min. bending radii perpendicular to direction of rolling 5 t,
S 0,010
0,70 1,7 1,6 Nb+V+Ti parallel to direction of rolling 6 t; min. die width perpen-
0,20 200 dicular to dir. of rolling 14 t, parallel to direction of rolling
16 t (t = plate thickness).
Min. bending radii perpendicular to direction of rolling 3 t,
V 0,08 75 parallel to direction of rolling 4 t; min. die width perpen-
P 0,025 dicular to direction of rolling is 10 t, parallel to direction
0,20 0,50 1,80 1,50 0,50 0,80 Nb 0,05 2 to - - -
S 0,010 of rolling 12 t (t = plate thickness).
B 0,005 100
Min. bending radii perpendicular to direction of rolling 5 t

V 0,08 75 (≤25), 6 t (>25), parallel to direction of rolling 6 t (≤25),
P 0,025 7t (>25); min. die width perpendicular to dir. of rolling is
0,25 0,50 1,60 1,50 0,50 0,80 Nb 0,05 2 to - - -
S 0,010
B 0,005 125 10 t (≤25), 12 t (>25), and parallel to direction of rolling
12 t (≤25), 14 t (>25), (t = plate thickness).
Min. bending radii perpendicular to direction of rolling 7 t,
V 0,08 50
P 0,025 parallel to direction of rolling 9 t; min. die width perpen-
0,30 0,50 1,60 1,50 0,50 1,0 Nb 0,05 2 to - - -
S 0,010 dicular to dir. of rolling 14 t, parallel to direction of rolling
B 0,005 180
18 t (t = plate thickness).
0,14 0,30 0,25 0,25 Wear plate, favourable welding properties,
75 available in thicknesses from 4 to 130 mm;
0,14 0,50 0,25 0,25
0,18 P 0,025 1,00 0,25 0,25 max. working temperature 250 °C
0,70 1,60 B 0 ,004 2 to - - -
0,22 S 0,010 1,40 0,60 0,50
0,27 1,40 0,60 1,00
175
0,32 1,40 0,60 1,50
0,27 1,00 0,25 0,25 100 Wear plate,
0,29 P 0,025 1,00 0,30 0,50 available in thicknesses from 4 to 80 mm
0,70 1,60 B 0,004 2 to - - -
0,29 S 0,010 1,00 0,60 1,00
0,30 1,40 0,60 1,50 175
P 0,015 Wear plate,
0,48 0,7 1,0 1,2 0,8 2,5 - 4 - - - -
S 0,010 available in thicknesses from 10 to 30 mm
B 0,005 Fine grained engineering steel with good cold bending
Nb 0,04 - - - and welding properties, tough at low temperature,
V 0,09 75 available in thicknesses from 4 to 130 mm; max. working
Cu 0,30 temperature 580 °C
P 0,020 Ti 0,04 2
0,20 0,6 1,60 0,70 0,70 2,0 to - - -
S 0,010 N 0,015
Al total 150
0,015 - - -
B 0,005 Fine grained engineering steel with good cold bending

Nb 0,04 - - - and welding properties, tough at low temperature,
V 0,06 75 available in thicknesses from 4 to 80 mm; max. working
Cu 0,30 temperature 550 °C
P 0,020
0,20 0,50 1,60 0,70 0,70 2,0 Ti 0,04 2 to - - -
S 0,010
N 0,015
150
Al total
- - -
0,018
Page 28
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
2)
Diameter range of thread
Notch impact energy

Material
Vickers hardness
Tensile strength
Testing stress
stress
Designation / Density
Type and standard ReL Rm A Sp KU HV10
strength category MPa MPa % MPa J
mm
kg/dm³
4.6 7,85 - 240 400 22 - - -
4.8 7,85 - 340 420 - - - -
5.6 7,85 - 300 500 20 - - -

Bolts, screws and
studs made of
5.8 7,85 - 420 520 - - - -
carbon steel and
alloy steel
6.8 7,85 - 480 600 - - - -
DIN EN ISO 898-1 d ≤ 16 640 800
8.8 7,85 12 - 30 -
d > 16 660 830
10.9 7,85 - 940 1040 9 - 20 -
12.9 7,85 - 1100 1220 8 - 15 -
04 7,85 8 ≤ d ≤ 39 - - - 380 - 188-302
05 7,85 8 ≤ d ≤ 39 - - - 500 - 272-353
8 ≤ d ≤ 16 690 175-302
5 7,85 - - - -
16 ≤ d ≤ 39 720 190-302
8 ≤ d ≤ 10 770
188-302
10 ≤ d ≤ 16 780
Nuts with fine pitch 6 7,85 - - - -
16 ≤ d ≤ 33 870
threads 233-302
33 ≤ d ≤ 39 930
DIN EN ISO 898-6 8 8 ≤ d ≤ 16 955 250-353
Quenched and 7,85 - - - -
16 ≤ d ≤ 33 1030
tempered 295-353
33 ≤ d ≤ 39 1090
10 8 ≤ d ≤ 16 1055 250-353
Quenched and 7,85 - - - -
tempered 16 ≤ d ≤ 39 1080 260-353
12
Quenched and 7,85 8 ≤ d ≤ 16 - - - 1200 - 295-353
tempered
14H 7,85 - - - - - - 140-290
Set screws made
of carbon steel 22H 7,85 - - - - - - 220-300
and alloy steel
33H 7,85 - - - - - - 330-440
DIN EN ISO 898-5
45H 7,85 - - - - - - 450-560

Page 29
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
(ladle analysis)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Cu Others
% % % % % % % % % %
max. max. max. max. max. max.
0,55 - - 0,05 0,06 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
0,55 - - 0,05 0,06 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
0,55 - - 0,05 0,06 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
0,55 - - 0,05 0,06 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
0,55 - - 0,05 0,06 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
0,55 - - 0,035 0,035 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
0,35 - - 0,035 0,035 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
0,5 - - 0,035 0,035 - - - - B ≤ 0,003
0,58 - 0,25 0,06 0,15 - - - - -
0,58 - 0,30 0,048 0,058 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,06 0,15 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,06 0,15 - - - - -
0,58 - 0,25 0,06 0,15 - - - - -
0,58 - 0,30 0,048 0,058 - - - - -
0,58 - 0,45 0,048 0,058 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,11 0,15 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,05 0,05 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,05 0,05 - - - - -
0,5 - - 0,05 0,05 - - - - -

Page 30
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Material
Diameter range of thread
Notch impact energy

0,2% proof stress
Tensile strength
Hardness after
and tempering
Testing stress
quenching
Strength category
Steel grade.
Rp 0,2 Rm A Sp Av HV
Standard Steel group Density mm MPa MPa MPa J
A1 50 7,85 d ≤ 39 210 500 0,6 x d - - -
A2 50 7,85 d ≤ 39 210 500 0,6 x d - - -
A2 70 7,85 d ≤ 24 450 700 0,4 x d - - -
A2 80 7,85 d ≤ 24 600 800 0,3 x d - - -

Bolts, screws and
studs made of austenitic
corrosion-resistant
stainless steel A3 50 7,85 d ≤ 39 210 500 0,6 x d - - -
DIN EN ISO 3506-1

A3 70 7,85 d ≤ 24 450 700 0,4 x d - - -
A3 80 7,85 d ≤ 24 600 800 0,3 x d - - -
A4 80 7,85 d ≤ 24 600 800 0,3 x d - - -
240 -
martensitic C3 80 7,85 - 640 800 0,2 x d - -
340
A2 025 7,85 d ≤ 39 - - - 250 - -
A2 035 7,85 d ≤ 24 - - - 350 - -
A2 50 7,85 d ≤ 39 - - - 500 - -
Nuts made of
corrosion-resistant
stainless steel austenitic A2 70 7,85 d ≤ 24 - - - 700 - -
DIN EN ISO 3506-2

A4 50 7,85 d ≤ 39 - - - 500 - -
A4 70 7,85 d ≤ 24 - - - 700 - -
A4 80 7,85 d ≤ 24 - - - 800 - -
austenitic A2 200 7,85 - - - - - - -

Plain washers
200 -
DIN EN ISO 7089 St 200HV 7,85 - - - - - -
300
DIN EN ISO 7090 Steel
300 -
St 300HV 7,85 - - - - - -
370
Page 31
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
(ladle analysis)
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Cu Others
% % % % % % % % % %
max. max. max. max. max. max. max. max.
0,15 to max. 1,75 to
0,12 1 6,5 0,2 16 to 19 5 to 10 -
0,35 0,70 2,25
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 17 to 19 - 9 to 12 1 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 17 to 19 - 9 to 12 1 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 17 to 19 - 9 to 12 1 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 16 to 18,5 2 to 3 10 to 15 1 -
0,17 to
1 1 0,04 0,03 16 to 18 - 1,5 to 2,5 - -
0,25
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 16 to 18,5 2 to 3 10 to 15 1 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 16 to 18,5 2 to 3 10 to 15 1 -
0,08 1 2 0,045 0,03 16 to 18,5 2 to 3 10 to 15 1 -
0,1 1 2 0,05 0,03 15 to 20 - 8 to 19 4 -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
Page 32
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
1) 2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Material
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress
reversed bending
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
stresses
rupture
Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Z KV Rbw HBW
Supplementary mm MPa MPa % % J MPa
Type and Density
Designation No. symbol and
standard treatment condition
10 ≤ 20 - ° min. 180 0,8 - - 90 -
EN-JL
EN-GJL-200
1030
7,15 - > 20 ≤ 40 - ° min. 155 to - - - -
> 40 ≤ 80 - ° min. 130 0,3 - - - -
Grey cast
iron 10 ≤ 20 - ° min. 225 0,8 - - 120 -
EN-JL
EN-GJL-250 11)
1040
7,20 - > 20 ≤ 40 - ° min. 195 to - - - -
DIN EN 1561 > 40 ≤ 80 - ° min. 170 0,3 - - - -
10 ≤ 20 - ° min. 270 0,8 - - 140 -
EN-JL
EN-GJL-300
1050
7,25 - > 20 ≤ 40 - ° min. 240 to - - - -
> 40 ≤ 80 - ° min. 210 0,3 - - - -
Grey cast max.

GGL-320 MoCr 8 - 7,30 - - - min. 350 - - - -
iron 280
Untreated or ≤ 30 250 min. 400 18 - - - 130 -

EN-JS
EN-GJS-400-18U
1062 annealed for 7,10 - > 30 ≤ 60 250 min. 390 15 - - - 180
stress relief > 60 ≤ 200 240 min. 370 12 - - -
≤ 30 250 min. 400 15 - - - 130 -

EN-JS
EN-GJS-400-15U 11)
1072
7,10 - > 30 ≤ 60 250 min. 390 14 - - - 180
> 60 ≤ 200 240 min. 370 11 - - -
Spheroidal
graphite ≤ 30 320 min. 500 7 - - - 170 -
EN-JS
cast iron EN-GJS-500-7U
1082
7,10 - > 30 ≤ 60 300 min. 450 7 - - - 230
> 60 ≤ 200 290 min. 420 5 - - -
DIN EN 1563
≤ 30 370 min. 600 3 - - - 190 -
EN-JS
EN-GJS-600-3U
1092
7,20 - > 30 ≤ 60 360 min. 600 2 - - - 270
> 60 ≤ 200 340 min. 550 1 - - -
≤ 30 420 min. 700 2 - - - 225 -

EN-JS
EN-GJS-700-2U
1102
7,20 - > 30 ≤ 60 400 min. 700 2 - - - 305
> 60 ≤ 200 380 min. 660 1 - - -
Malleable cast EN-JM max.
EN-GJMW-360-12 annealed for 7,30 Sample diameter: 190 360
irons 1020 200
- 5 - - -
EN-JM decarburisation 12 max.
DIN EN 1562 EN-GJMW-400-5 1030
7,30 220 400
220
112 -
GS 200 1.0449 +N 7,85 - ≤ 100 200 380 to 530 25 - 35 -
156
133 -
GS 240 1.0455 +N 7,85 - ≤ 100 240 450 to 600 22 - 31 -
178
Steel castings
for general - ≤ 30 300 600 to 750 15 - 27 - 155 -
engineering GE 300 1.0558 +N 7,85
- > 30 ≤ 100 300 520 to 670 18 - 31 - 220
uses
27
143 -
DIN EN 10293 +N - ≤ 30 300 480 to 620 20 - -30°C -
184
50RT
G20Mn5 1.6220 7,85
27
149 -
+QT - ≤ 100 300 500 to 650 22 - -30°C -
192
60RT
+N ≤ 250 260 520 to 670 18 - 27 -
155 -
G28Mn6 1.1165 +QT1 7,85 - ≤ 100 450 600 to 750 14 - 35 -
252
+QT2 ≤ 50 550 700 to 850 10 - 31 -
° Expected values in the casting

Page 33
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Physical properties factor
19)
Coefficient of expansion
Modulus of elasticity
Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
Welding preheat
Limit hardness
For machining
At the surface
Application example
For material
temperature
HRC HV1 Rht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Ni Others TP

10-6/ kN/
SMS Demag specif. K mm2 % % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) each max.
88
1,0 1,3 1,0 GG-25 suitable for castings for
10,0
- - - to - - - - 5 -
at –100°C to +20°C
113 hydraulic systems ≤ 20 MPa

103
At the discretion of 1,0 1,2 1,0 Drawing indication:
10,0
- - - to - - - - 5 -
118 the supplier Castings for hydr. components
Test pressure e.g. 30 MPa
108
10,0
- - - to - - - - 5 - 1,0 1,2 1,0 Housings, fittings, valves

137
Application only in exceptional

3,0 1,6 0,5 0,20 0,60 cases upon previous agreement.
P 0,20
- - - - - to to to to to - - 5 - 1,0 1,2 -
S 0,12 Improved wear resistance at
3,4 2,4 1,0 0,40 1,00
elevated temperatures.
Mill housings, gen. cast machine

- - - 12,5 169 - - - - 5 - 0,9 1,1 1,0 components with toughness
requirement
GGG-40 suitable for castings for

- - - 12,5 169 - - - - 5 - 0,9 1,1 1,0 hydraulic systems ≤ 20 MPa
Chocks
High impact resistance,

- - - 12,5 169 - - - - 5 - 1,0 1,3 1,1
bearing and gear components
At the discretion of
the supplier
2
47+6 375 to 12,5 174 - - - - 5 - 1,0 1,3 1,2
4
Pistons, gearwheels, wear parts
2
47+6 375 to 12,5 176 - - - - 5 - 1,3 1,6 1,2
4
- - - - 4
- - - - - - - - - Threaded fittings
- - - - 5
Cu
max. max. max. P 0,030 max. max. max.
- - - 11,1 211 max. 1 - 1,0 1,3 1,0 For medium loads
0,18 0,60 1,20 S 0,025 0,30 0,12 0,40
0,30
Cu
max. max. max. P 0,030 max. max. max. 20 to
- - - - - max. 2 1,1 1,3 1,0 Cylinders, mill housings
0,23 0,60 1,20 S 0,025 0,30 0,12 0,40 150
0,30
P 0,035 150 to
- - - - - - - - - - - - 3 1,2 1,4 1,0 Track rollers, gear components
S 0,030 300
0,17 1,00 Cu For welded highly loaded

max. P 0,020 max. max. max. 20 to
- - - - - to to max. 1 1,1 1,3 1,0 machine components, mill
0,60 S 0,020 0,30 0,12 0,80 150
0,23 1,60 0,30 housings
0,25 1,20 Cu Bearing races, wheels,

max. P 0,035 max. max. max.
- - - - - to to max. 3 250 1,2 1,4 1,0
0,60 S 0,030 0,30 0,12 0,40 surface-hardenable
0,32 1,80 0,30
Page 34
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Material
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress

Strength category
reversed bending
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
stresses
rupture
Type and Supplementary mm MPa MPa % % J MPa
Density
Designation No. symbol and treat-
standard ment condition
≤ 100 450 600 to 750 16 - 40 - 164 -

+QT1 -
> 100 ≤ 250 300 550 to 700 14 - 27 - 220
G26CrMo4 1.7221 7,85
220 -
+QT2 - ≤ 100 550 700 to 850 10 - 18 -
252
≤ 100 600 800 to 950 12 - 31 -

192 -
Steel castings +QT1 - > 100 ≤ 150 550 700 to 850 10 - 27 -
280
for general G42CrMo4 > 150 ≤ 250 350 650 to 800 10 - 16 -
1.7231 7,85
engineering
uses 252 -
+QT2 - ≤ 100 700 850 to 1000 10 - 27 -
297
DIN EN 10293
≤ 150 550 800 to 950 12 - 31 - 222 -
+N -
> 150 ≤ 250 500 750 to 900 12 - 31 - 280
≤ 100 700 850 to 1000 12 - 45 -

238 -
G35CrNiMo6-6 1.6579 +QT1 7,85 - > 100 ≤ 150 650 800 to 950 12 - 35 -
297
> 150 ≤ 250 650 800 to 950 12 - 30 -
266 -
+QT2 - ≤ 100 800 900 to 1050 10 - 35 -
311
High-strength
steel castings quenched and I ≤ 300 400 550 to 700 16 - 55 - 164 -
G20MnMoNi5-5 1.6309 7,85
tempered II ≤ 200 450 600 to 750 16 - 45 - 222
SEW 520

Page 35
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Flame and induc- Relative cost
Physical properties factor
tion-hardened 5) 6) 7)
19)

Welding suitability
(ladle analysis)
Hardening depth
For machining
Limit hardness
At the surface
Application example
For material
perature
10-6/ kN/
K mm2 % % % % % % % % (°C)
min. min. (mm) max. each max. max.
- - - - -
0,22 0,50 0,80 0,15
P 0,025 max. Cu 150 to
to 0,60 to to to 4 1,5 1,9 1,2
S 0,020 0,40 0,30 300
0,29 0,80 1,20 0,30
- - - - -
Wheels, pinions, bevel gears
- - - - -
0,38 0,60 0,80 0,15
P 0,025 max. Cu 200 to
to 0,60 to to to 4 1,6 2,0 1,2
S 0,020 0,40 0,30 350
0,45 1,00 1,20 0,30
- - - - -
- - - - -
0,32 0,60 1,40 0,15 1,40 Cu

P 0,025 200 to
- - - - - to 0,60 to to to to . 4 1,9 2,4 1,3 Gear construction, pinions, wheels
S 0,020 350
0,38 1,00 1,70 0,35 1,70 0,30
- - - - -
0,17 1,20 0,45 0,50

P 0,020 max. Bottom knife table,
- - - - - to 0,60 to to to - 2 200 - - -
S 0,015 0,30 top knife slide
0,23 1,50 0,60 0,80
Page 36
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties
2) 3)

Notch impact energy

Material
Nominal thickness
0,2% proof stress
reversed bending
ISO V specimen,
Brinell hardness
Tensile strength
(guide values)
longitudinal
stresses
rupture
Type and Supplementary mm MPa MPa % % J MPa
Density
Designation No. symbol and treatment
standard condition
kg/dm³ min. min. min. min. min. max.
Cast steel for min.

flame and G42CrMo4 1.7231 +QT 7,85 ≤ 150 470 min. 680 12 - - -
200
induction
hardening
min.
SEW 835 G50CrMo4 1.7232 +QT 7,85 ≤ 150 520 min. 730 11 - - -
216
GP240GR 1.0621 +N 7,85 27

125 -
≤ 100 240 420 to 600 22 - -
178
GP240GH 1.0619 +QT 7,85 40
130 -
G20Mo5 1.5419 +QT 7,85 ≤ 100 245 440 to 590 22 - 27 -
175
Steel castings
for use at 146 -
elevated G17CrMo5-5 1.7357 +QT 7,85 ≤ 100 315 490 to 690 20 - 27 -
204
temperatures
DIN EN
10213-2 175 -
G17CrMoV5-10 1.7706 +QT 7,85 ≤ 150 440 590 to 780 15 - 27 -
231
219 -
GX23CrMoV12-1 1.4931 +QT 7,70 ≤ 150 540 740 to 880 15 - 27 -
261

Page 37
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Flame and Relative cost factor
Physical properties
19)
(ladle analysis)
Welding suitability
Hardening depth
Welding preheat
Application example
For machining
Limit hardness
At the surface
For material
temperature
10-6/ kN/ % % % % % % % % (°C)
SMS Demag specif.
K mm2
min. min. (mm) each max.
0,38 0,60 0,80 0,20 200

min. max. P 0,020 Toggle levers, crane wheels,
54 ** - - - to to to to - - 4 to 1,6 2,0 1,2
5 0,60 S 0,015 bevel gears
0,45 1,00 1,20 0,30 350
Parts of high strength and
0,46 0,25 0,50 0,90 0,15 250
min. P 0,035 good depth hardening
57 ** - - to to to to to - - 4 to - - -
6 S 0,035 capacity which are subject
0,54 0,50 0,80 1,20 0,25 400 to wear
0,18
max.
to
1,20
0,25 max. P 0,030
- - - - - - - - - 1 - 1,2 1,4 1,0 Housings, covers
0,18 0,60 0,50 S 0,020
to to
0,23 1,20
0,15 0,50 0,40
max. P 0,025
- - - 12,2 211 to to - to - - 2 150 1,2 1,5 1,1 Valves, elbows
0,60 S 0,020
0,23 1,00 0,60
0,15 0,50 1,00 0,45
max. For highly stressed machine
- - - 12,2 211 to to 0,020 to to - - 3 250 1,3 1,6 1,2
0,60 components
0,20 1,00 1,50 0,65
V
0,20
0,15 0,50 1,20 0,90
max. P 0,020 to Good high-temperature
- - - - - to to to to - 3 300 1,5 1,8 1,3
0,60 S 0,015 0,30 strength, see DIN EN 10213
0,20 0,90 1,50 1,10
Sn max.
0,025
V
0,25
0,20 0,50 11,30 1,00
P 0,030 max. to
- - - 10,5 216 to 0,40 to to to 4 300 1,5 1,9 1,7 Coiler segments
S 0,020 1,00 0,35
0,26 0,80 12,20 1,20
W max.
0,50
** Hardness values apply after stress-relieving at temperatures between 140 and 180 °C (see SEW 835; section 5.3)
Page 38
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Strength properties Hardness data
3)

Material
0,2% proof stress
reversed bending
Tensile strength
Brinell hardness
stresses
Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Rbw
HBW 10/1000 at
Density MPa MPa % MPa
Type and standard Designation No.
20°C 150°C 200°C 250°C
Copper-tin-zinc
cast alloys
(red brass) GK-CuSn10Zn * - 8,80 160 290 20 - 85 - - -
DIN EN 1982
CuSn10-C-GS CC480K-GS 130 250 18 70 - - -
CuSn10-C-GZ CC480K-GZ 8,70 160 100 - - -

280 10 80
CuSn10-C-GC CC480K-GC 170 - - -
CuSn12-C-GS CC483K-GS 140 260 7 80 - - -
CuSn12-C-GZ CC483K-GZ 8,60 280 5 90 - - -

Copper-tin 150 90
cast alloys CuSn12-C-GC CC483K-GC 300 6 - - -
(tin bronze)
CuSn12Ni2-C-GS CC484K-GS 160 280 12 85 - - -
DIN EN 1982
CuSn12Ni2-C-GZ CC484K-GZ 8,60 8 140 - - -
180 300 95
CuSn12Ni2-C-GC CC484K-GC 10 - - -
CuSn11Pb2-C-GS CC482K-GS 130 240 80 - - -
CuSn11Pb2-C-GZ CC482K-GZ 8,70 5 130 - - -

150 280 90
CuSn11Pb2-C-GC CC482K-GC - - -
CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GS CC493K-GS 230 15 60 - - -
8,80 120 110

CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ CC493K-GZ - - -
260 12 70
Copper-tin-lead
cast alloys CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GC CC493K-GC - - -
(cast tin-lead-bronze)
DIN EN 1982 CuSn10Pb10-C-GS CC495K-GS 80 180 8 70 60 - - -
9,00
CuSn10Pb10-C-GZ CC495K-GZ 110 220 6 (80) 70 - - -
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C-GS CC333G-GS 250 600 13 185 140 - - -

Copper-aluminium
cast alloys 7,60
(cast aluminium-bronze)
CuAl10Fe5Ni5-C-GZ CC333G-GZ 280 650 13 (185) 150 - - -
DIN EN 1982
AMPCO 18-23 ** - 365 724 14 202 - - -
7,45 (185)
AMPCO 18-23 (GZ) ** - 386 758 16 207 - - -
GS = sand casting, GZ = centrifugal casting, GC = continuously cast material
* not according to standard.

** not according to standard, CuAl alloy with special guaranteed values.
*** incl. nickel content Ni.

Page 39
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Physical properties
(main alloying constituents)
Application example
Properties
Cu Sn Zn Pb Ni Fe P&S Al Si Sb Mn Others
10-6/ kN/ % % % % % % % % % % % %
K mm2
max. max. max. max.
86,0 9,0 1,0 Long procurement period,

Resistance to normal rolling
- - to to to - - - - - - - - - only upon enquiry with
emulsion on aluminium stands
89,0 11,0 3,0 purchasing department
P
88,0 9,0 0,20 Resistance to normal rolling
max. max. max. max. max.
18,5 min. 90 to to 0,02 0,2 - Lead-free alloy
emulsion on aluminium stands
0,5 1,0 2,0 0,2 0,01 0,10
90,0 11,0 S
0,05
P
85,0 11,0 0,60
max. max. max. max.
18,5 to to - 0,01 0,15 0,20 -
0,7 2,0 0,20 0,01
88,5 13,0 S Sliding liners, highly stressed
0,05 sliding blocks, spindle nuts
Seawater-resistant, high
moving under load, highly
P 0,05 wear resistance, good
stressed and fast-running
to impact and alternate
90 84,5 11,0 1,5 worm gears; very well suited
max. max. max. 0,40 max. . strengths, sensitive to edge
17,5 to to to to 0,1 - as bearing material at high
0,4 0,3 0,20 0,01 0,01 0,20 pressure.
110 87,5 13,0 2,5 surface quality and hardened
S CuSn12Ni with increased
0,05 shaft material.
strength and resistance to
wear.
P Operating temperature
83,5 10,5 0,7 0,40 max. 250 °C
max. max. max. max.
18,5 to to to 0,01 0,20 0,20 -
2,0 2,0 0,20 0,01
87,0 12,5 2,5 S
0,08
Seawater-resistant, good
metal-working and emer- Slide plates, high-load
98 81,0 6,0 2,0 5,0 gency running properties, bearings.
max. max. max.
18,5 to to to to to 0,10 0,01 0,3 - - sensitive to edge pressure,
2,0 0,2 0,01
115 85,0 8,0 5,0 8,0 cost 30% lower as compared Operating temperature
*** with CuSn12-C-GS, not max. 150 °C
weldable.
Highly corrosion and wear- Bearing material for roll

75 78,0 9,0 8,0 resistant, good sliding bearings and rotary shears.
max. max. max. max.
18,7 to to to to 0,10 0,01 0,5 0,2 - and very good emergency Superior to tin bronze and red
2,0 2,0 0,25 0,01
83 82,0 11,0 11,0 running properties, brass for journals without
*** insensitive to edge pressure surface hardening.
Cr max.
0,05; Bearing material for roll
17 100 76,0 4,0 4,0 8,5 bearings and rotary shears.
max. max. max. Mg max. High resistance to wear and
to to to to to - to 0,1 - 3,0 Superior to tin bronze and red
0,1 0,50 0,03 0,05; heat, acid-proof, poor
19 128 83,0 6,0 5,5 10,5 brass for journals without
Bi max. emergency running
surface hardening.
0,01 properties.
Increased resistance to rolling
emulsion on aluminium stands.
16 112 85,5 - - - - 3,5 - 10,5 - - - 0,5
Page 40
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Physical
Strength properties Hardness data
properties
3)
Material
0,2% proof stress
reversed bending
Tensile strength
Brinell hardness
stresses
Rp 0,2 Rm A5 Rbw HBW 10/1000 at
Type and standard Designation No. Density MPa MPa dm3 MPa 20°C 150°C 200°C 250°C 10-6/ kN/
kg/dm³ min. min. min. min. min. K mm²
220 280 5 85
MAIN-METALL ** - 4,40 to to to - to 40 - - 24 112
300 320 15 125 ***
White bronze 215 290 5

Alzen 305 ** - to to to - - -
275 390 8
4,80 90 35 26 75
215 290 12
Alzen 305 K ** - to to to - - -
265 390 20
min. min. min.
GS CC765S-GS - 110 - - - 95
170 450 20
CuZn35Mn2Al1Fe1- 8,60 19 to
min. min. min. 110
GZ CC765S-GZ - 120 - - -
200 500 18
min. min. min.
GS CC764S-GS - 140 - - - 90
Copper-zinc 250 600 15
CuZn34Mn3Al2Fe1-C- 8,40 20 to
cast alloys min. min. min. 98
GZ CC764S-GZ - 150 - - -
(special cast brass) 260 620 14
DIN EN 1982 min. min.

GS CC762S-GS - 180 - - -
450 8 105
min.
CuZn25Al5Mn4Fe3-C- 8,20 18 to
750
min. min. 115
GZ CC762S-GZ - 190 - - -
480 5
Copper-zinc alloy
(special brass) CW713R- ca. min. min.
CuZn37Mn3Al2PbSi-R540 8,10 - ca. 150 - - - 20 105
R540 280 540 15
DIN EN 12164
Copper-zinc alloy 350 19
CW508L- min.
CuZn37-R350 8,40 to to - - - - - - -
R350 170
DIN EN 1652 440 28
Copper-zinc alloy
CW617N- min. min. min.
CuZn40Pb2-H080 8,40 - 80 - - - - -
H080 120 360 20
DIN EN 12420
Only electrical characteristics are known for this material.
Cu-PHC CR020A 8,93
Copper Specific volume resistance: max. 0,01724 µΩ • m
DIN EN 1976 Only electrical characteristics are known for this material.
DIN EN 13599 Cu-HCP CR021A 8,93
Specific volume resistance: max. 0,01754 µΩ • m
DIN EN 12420
DIN EN 12499 Only electrical characteristics are known for this material.
Cu-DHP CW024A 8,94 128
Specific volume resistance: no indication
Tin cast alloy for
multilayer plain bearings 22 17 11 8
(bearing metal) SnSb8Cu4 2.3791 7,30 47 - - 31 at at at at 23,9 57
20°C 50°C 120°C 150°C
DIN ISO 4381
Sintered bronze 60 90 5 25
Sintered bronze B 50 15) - 6,80 to to to - to - - - 18 45
oil-impregnated *
100 120 8 45
GS = sand casting, GZ = centrifugal casting, GC = continuously cast material
* including nickel content

** not according to standard, CuAl alloy with special guaranteed values.
*** upon request also < 80 HB

Page 41
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Chemical analysis Dimensions Application example

Properties
(main alloying constituents) (commercially available) Application reference
Cu 1,0 to 5,0; Zn balance;

Al 35,0 to 40,0
Good metal-working and emergency Heavily loaded wear strips and bear-
running properties, very long service ings, worm gears up to medium load.
-
life, high load-bearing capacity, more Operating temperature
Cu 3,0 to 5,0; Zn balance; favourably priced than CuSn12-C-GS. max. 120 °C
Al 30,0 to 35,0
Cu * 57,0 to 65,0; Al 0,5 to 2,5;

Fe 0,5 to 2,0; Mn 0,5 to 3,0;
P max. 0,03; Si max. 0,1; Zn balance
Screwdown nuts
Sb max. 0,08 ; Ni max. 6,0 ;
Pb max. 0,5 ; Sn max. 1,0 ;
Cu * 55,0 to 66,0; Al 1,0 to 3,0;
Fe 0,5 to 2,5; Mn 1,0 to 4,0; Screwdown nuts, piston rings, sliding
Sb max. 0,05 ; Ni max. 3,0 ; blocks exposed to very high stresses.
Pb max. and Sn max. each 0,3; -
High strength even at elevated operat- Statically very high loaded construc
ing temperatures; tional parts, like bearings under
Cu * 60,0 to 67,0; Al 3,0 to 7,0; moderate sliding and emergency run- high load and at low number of revolu
Fe 1,5 to 4,0; Mn 2,5 to 5,0; ning properties.
Sb max.0,03 ; Ni max. 3,0 ; tions,
Pb max. and Sn max.each 0,2 ; highly stressed, slow-running worm
gear wheels, internal parts of high-
pressure fittings
Cu 57,0 to 59,0; Al 1,3 to 2,3;
Mn 1,5 to 3,0; Pb 0,2 to 0,8;
Si 0,3 to 1,3; Sn max. 0,4; - Slide liners, shafts, washers, rings
Fe max. and Ni max. each 1,0;
Zn balance
Cu 62,0 to 64,0; Al max. 0,05;
Fe max. 0,1; Ni max.0,3; Pb max. 0,1; - - -
Sn max. 0,1; Zn balance
Cu 57,0 to 59,0; Al max. 0,05;
Fe max. 0,3; Ni max. 0,3; Pb 1,6 to 2,5; - - -
Sn max. 0,3; Zn balance
Cu min. 99,95; Bi max. 0,0005;
- - -
P 0,001 to 0,006; Pb max. 0,005
Cu min. 99,95; Bi max. 0,0005;

- - -
P 0,002 to 0,007; Pb max. 0,005
Deoxidised copper with limited, high

Cu ≥ 99,90; P 0,015 to 0,040 - residual phosphorous content.
Anodes for galvanising baths
Sn 87,2 to 89,2; Sb 7,0 to 8,0; High deformability, very good anti-

Cu 3,0 to 4,0; As and Fe each 0,1; For highly stressed rolling mill bear-
- seizure performance, insensitive to
Al and Zn each 0,01; Pb 0,35; Bi
edge pressure ings, Morgoil® bearings.
0,08; others in total 0,2
Excellent anti-seizure performance, no For bearings exposed to low stress
Cu 89,0 to 91,0;
Bushings up to dia. 100 mm maintenance requirement, sensitive to 8 to 5 N/mm² at low speeds
Sn 9,0 to 11,0
edge pressure and shock loading. (0,5 to 1,0 m /s).
Page 42
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Max. sliding max.
Density Max. load Temperature
speed pU value
Material dry dry
pstat./max. pdyn./max. Umax. pUmax. Tmax. Tmin.
kg/dm³ MPa MPa m/s MPa x m/s °C °C
deva.metal
Bronze alloys
deva.metal ® 101 6,8 200 100 0,3 1,5 200 -50
deva.metal ® 105 6,6 230 115 0,3 1,5 200 -50
deva.metal ® 111
6,4 220 110 0,3 1,5 350 -100
heat-treated
Lead bronze alloys
**
deva.metal ® 117 6,6 230 115 0,3 1,5 200 -50
Iron alloys
deva.metal ® 123 5,7 70 30 0,2 1 600 0
deva.bm Deva.bm is available in wall thicknesses of 3, 5, 10 and 20 mm
deva.bm ® 302 6,5 320 150 0,1 0,4 280 -150
deva.bm ® 312 6,3 280 80 0,25 0,8 280 -150
deva.bm ® 322 6,6 250 80 0,5 1 280 -150
deva.bm ® 332 * 7,6 250 120 1 1,5 120 -150
deva.bm ® 342 6,4 280 100 0,5 1 280 -150
deva.bm ® 362/9P 6,5 320 150 1 2 260 -260
deva.glide
dg02 8,7 100 70 0,4 1 250 -100
deva.tex
Cylindrical bushings 2 220 120 0,3 1,8 160 -100
Sliding plates 2 100 60 0,3 1 80 -100
* Consultation with manufacturer always required to determine the suitable material.

** The materials stated are only a selection from the range of suitable materials:
a. DEVA materials include materials that are suitable for applications in the temperature range
from -200° C to + 800° C;
b. Depending on the application temperature, additional heat treatment may be necessary;
c. Operating factors such as vacuum, mating material, chemical attack (by rolling oils etc.), risk of corrosion etc.
are additional criteria for the selection of the materials.
The use of the above materials is in general also possible in conjunction with conventional lubricants, but these should
be free of additional solid lubricants (like Molycote).
Where bearing locations are exposed to heavy soiling by scale, dust etc., additional provision of dirt discharge grooves
is recommended (see manufacturer's instructions).
Page 43
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Hardness
Coefficient of friction *** Surface of shaft
Shaft
Product description/
optimum examples of application
dry in water min. Ra
f f HB (HRC) µm
0,13 - 0,18 0,11 - 0,16 > 180 0,2 – 0,8

deva.metal® is a highly compacted sliding material with finely
0,13 - 0,18 0,11 - 0,16 > 45 RC 0,2 – 0,8 dispersed embedded solid lubricant. The metallic structure
determines the mechanical, physical and chemical properties,
0,11 – 0,16 0,10 – 0,13 > 45 RC 0,2 – 0,8 the type and quantity of the solid lubricant and the tribological
properties.
Possible application for:

Shears, cooling beds, coiler mandrels, finishing facilities;
0,13 – 0,18 0,11 - 0,16 > 45 RC 0,2 – 0,8 chains, wheel bearings, furnace applications, transfer stations,
slideways in general etc.
0,28 – 0,45 - > 45 RC 0,2 – 0,8
0,13 - 0,18 - 180 0,2 – 0,8

deva.bm®, consisting of steel back with thick deva.metall
0,11 – 0,18 - 180 0,2 – 0,8 sliding layer, combines very high load bearing capacity and
good tribological sliding properties with the compact
construction facilitated by the use of thin-walled sliding bearing
0,10 – 0,17 - 180 0,2 – 0,8
materials.
0,10 - 0,13 - 180 0,2 – 0,8 Possible application for:
Coiler mandrels, shears, straighteners, chains, slideways,
0,10 – 0,17 - 180 0,2 – 0,8 crane installations, presses, roll changing facilities,
cylinder clevises, tilters, etc.
0,05 – 0,15 - 180 0,2 – 0,8
deva.glide® consists of a bronze carrier material whose sliding

surface is provided with depots of solid lubricant and a film for
0,10 – 0,12 0,08 - 0,12 180 0,2 – 0,8 running-in.
deva.tex® consists of a fibre-glass reinforced carrier layer with

workable sliding layer owing its high capacity to PTFE used as
solid lubricant.
0,03 – 0,12 0,03 – 0,12 180 0,2 – 0,8 The use of deva.tex® is recommended above all for equipment
on which shock loads occur like crane facilities, slab braking
0,05 – 0,12 0,05 – 0,12 180 0,2 – 0,8 equipment.
*** Note:
The sliding-friction and wear values given by DEVA or indicated in catalogues or other technical documents are no
guaranteed characteristics. The values are test stand values obtained under conditions which do not necessarily
correspond to those of the direct application because its comprehensive simulation is not possible.
Page 44
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Mechanical properties
Compressive strength
Material
Nominal thickness
Bending modulus
Linear expansion
Bending strength
Tensile strength
Rm
Type
Density
and Designation No. Condition mm MPa MPa MPa MPa m/m/k
standard
kg/dm³
221* 345* 33810* 518* 27 x 10-6

WearComp® - - 1,55 -
186** 311** 32430** 345** 3,6 x 10-6
HyComp®
composite
materials
***
138* 209* 28300* 297* 27 x 10-6
WearComp® 200 - - 1,59 -
- - - - 3,6 x 10-6
dry - 70 110 2700 - -

PA 6 G - 1,13
Plastics air-humid - 50 50 2200 - -
DIN EN ISO
1043 dry - 95 140 3400 - -
PA 6 G plus oil - 1,15
air-humid - 70 60 2500 - -
* At 23°C; max. working temperature 320° C.
* At 260°C; max. working temperature 320° C.
*** HyComp® is a company of the SMS Group.

Page 45
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
5) 6) 7)
Welding suitability
Welding preheat
Application example
For machining
Properties
temperature
For material
TV
(°C)
- high-temperature strength - bearing bushings up to

Company-owned mixture of high-temperature polyimide and under permanent exposure: 355 mm outside diameter
long carbon fibres. 320°C - wear plates up to a size of
- - - - -
Also possible in "Wear Clad Design". In this design the - low frictional resistance to 760 mm x 508 mm x 25mm.
WearComp® material is pressed into the steel base body. steel: 0,18 to Bigger dimensions possible
0,25 in pocket design (steel base
- high compressive body with screwed-on
Company-owned mixture of high-temperature polyimide and strength: WearComp® and
long carbon fibres with additional graphite filler. 520N/mm² WearComp® 200 plates).
- - - - - - chemical resistance
Also possible in "Wear Clad Design". In this design the
WearComp® 200 material is pressed into the steel base body. - high impact resistance
- self-lubricating properties
Sliding members and
slippers for heavy rolling
Cast polyamide, tough - - - - - mills,
e.g. LAMIGAMID® 300
Rope pulleys, track wheels

without additional bearings,
Cast polyamide, tough-hard - oil-filled - - - - - plain bearings, slide plates,
spherical cups,
e.g. LAMIGAMID® 319
Page 46
NH Part 1 : 2008-01
Footnotes
1) For product materials and sizes kept in stock, please refer to part 9 of this Standards Book.
2) Unless otherwise indicated, the notch impact energy values are determined at 20 °C and apply to samples with
longitudinal fibre orientation.
3) Measured on polished round bars of 10 mm dia.
4) The hardening depth Eht depends on the duration of use. For economic reasons, only the absolutely necessary
hardening depth (Eht) shall be indicated.
5) Categories of suitability for welding:
Category 1: Good suitability for welding, in general without pre-heating and/or heat post-treatment.
Category 2: In general good suitability for welding, heat pre-treatment and/or post-treatment may be required.
Category 3: Average suitability for welding, preheating and tempering required after welding.
Category 4: Limited suitability for welding. Necessity of preheating and of tempering after welding; use of special
welding electrodes/wires required.
Category 5: Difficult to weld or not suitable for welding.
6) These temperatures are guidance values; the exact preheating temperature shall be determined taking into account the
electrode thickness, sheet/plate thickness, and the type of weld seam. If necessary, the Department of Welded
Fabrications shall be consulted.
7) The relative cost of steel refers to S355JR+N, that of cast iron (EN-GJL and EN-GJS) to EN-GJL-200, and that of cast
steel to GS200. Comparisons shall be made only within the individual groups of steel, cast iron or cast steel. The relative
cost shall not be used for the purpose of cost estimating. The relative cost of cast iron and cast steel are exclusive of the
cost of mould and core components, these factors lead to higher relative cost depending on the degree of difficulty in the
making of the castings.
9) On workpieces with thicknesses above 30 mm, lower hardness values are attained.
10) The steel is available in two strength categories; it is therefore necessary to indicate the full material designation in the
drawing (e.g. X20Cr13+QT800).
11) When used as castings for hydraulic systems, the following drawing indication is required: Casting for hydraulic systems,
test pressure (e.g. 300 bar).
15) Bushings in sintered bronze B 50 are standardised up to d1 = 80 mm and commercially available up to d1 = 100 mm.
They shall be used only for a max. operating temperature of 80 °C. For bushings of bigger diameters and for
temperatures exceeding 80 °C, "deva.metal" or "deva.glide" shall be used instead.
16) DIN EN 10164 shall be observed where loading is in thickness direction (lamellar tearing).
19) The definition of limit hardness is given in DIN EN 10328, item 3.1.
January 2008
Drilling and thread dimensions NH

Selection series, runouts and undercuts Part 2
Dimensions in mm developed from SN 480
1)
Maximum drilling depths
d1 t1 t2 d1 t1 t2 d1 t1 t2 d1 t1 t2
1,2 16 - 11,8 94 125 26 165 1500 50 220 321
2 24 56 12 101 250 26,5 165 214 52 225 1500
2,5 30 62 12,5 101 - 28 170 600 53 225 -
3 33 160 13,5 108 700 28,5 175 - 54 230 -
3,3 36 69 14 108 1500 29,5 175 - 56 235 -
3,5 39 180 14,5 114 - 30 175 1100 57 235 -
4 43 190 15,25 120 230 30,5 180 - 58 235 -
4,2 43 78 15,5 120 - 32 185 500 60 235 -
4,5 47 200 16 120 315 33 185 1500 61 240 -
5 52 250 16,5 125 230 33,5 185 - 62 240 600
5,3 52 - 17 125 315 34 190 340 66 245 -
t1 for bits of 5,5 57 250 17,5 130 700 35 190 - 68 250 -
normal lengths 6 57 900 18 130 1500 36 195 267 70 250 -
t2 for bits with 6,6 63 - 18,5 135 - 37,5 195 267 76 260 -
overlengths and drilling tools 6,8 69 155 19 135 310 38 200 - 78 260 -
(twist, single-lip and 7 69 1200 19,5 140 260 38,5 200 -

ejector drills) 8 75 265 20 140 500 39 200 1500
8,5 75 265 20,5 145 - 39,5 200 360
In range d1 from 45 mm to
8,8 81 115 21 145 400 40 200 277 186 mm holes in 1 mm dia.
9 81 900 22 150 1500 42 205 - gradings and drilling
9,5 81 280 22,5 155 - 43 210 - depths of 6 x d1 can be
made with drilling tools.
10 87 500 23 155 198 43,5 210 -
10,2 87 185 23,5 155 345 44 210 750
10,5 87 185 24,5 160 290 45 210 1500
11 94 1500 25 160 1500 48 220 320
1)
Maximum drilling depths for multi-diameter and single-diameter holes
Drilling depth Threaded connection
Core hole dia.
Max. t1 d2 t2 b
d1
dimension min.
1200 8,8 115 7 1200 8 G 1/8
1500 11,8 125 11 1500 12 G 1/4
1500 15,25 230 14 1500 12 G 3/8
1500 19 310 18 1500 14 G 1/2
1500 24,5 290 22 1500 16 G 3/4
1500 30,5 180 26 1500 18 G1
1)
All holes of drilling depths > 30 x d shall be agreed with the Operations Scheduling Dept. (material-dependent).
For hole centerline tolerance, see SN 200, Part 5, item 2.2.4.8.
It is also possible to make single-diameter holes instead of multi-diameter holes. If no definite diameter is required for the hole
(d2), a diameter range, for example d2 = 11 mm to 22 mm, should be indicated to allow optimal and cost-effective manufacture
of the hole. The drawing indication of multi-diameter and single-diameter holes shall be made as follows:
for example

Page 2
NH Part 2 : 2008-01
Drilling and thread depths

For pipe threads acc. to DIN EN ISO 228-1
Outside Core dia. Drillhole
d b +1 t
dia. ISO diameter
G 1/8 9,728 (8,566) 8,8 9 13
G 1/4 13,157 (11,445) 11,8
13 18
G 3/8 16,662 (14,950) 15,25
G 1/2 20,955 (18,631) 19 15 22
G 3/4 26,441 (24,117) 24,5 17 24
G 1 33,249 (30,291) 30,5 19 28
G 1 1/4 41,91 (38,952) 39,5 22 30
G 1 1/2 47,803 (44,845) 45 24 32
G 1 3/4 53,746 (50,788) 51
26 34
G 2 59,614 (56,656) 57
G 2 1/2 75,184 (72,226) 72,5
32 40
G 3 87,884 (84,926) 85,5
G 3 1/2 100,33 (97,372) 97,5 37 45
b = useful thread length
G 4 113,03 (110,072) 110,5
42 50
Drawing indication: G 4 1/2 125,73 (122,772) 123
G 3/8 x 13/18 G 3/8 x 13/18 G 5 138,43 (135,472) 136
G 5 1/2 151,13 (148,172) 148,5 47 55
for example G 6 163,83 (160,872) 161
For metric thread according to DIN 13 Drilling and thread depths
d Core dia. a b 1) t normal case t short 2) d1 + 1 t1 ≤ 3)
M 4 3,3 5 7 11 10 - -
M 5 4,2 6,5 9 14 12 8,5 8
M 6 5 7,5 10 16 14 10,2 11
M 8 6,8 10 13 20 17 11,9 17
M 10 8,5 12 15 23 20 14,1 22
b = useful thread length M 12 10,2 15 18 27 24 17,6 27
Drawing indication: M 16 14 20 24 34 30 22 39
M 20 17,5 25 29 41 36 28 50
M 24 21 30 34 48 43 32 61
for example M 30 26,5 38 42 58 52 37,6 78
For metric thread according to DIN 13 and countersink M 36 32 45 49 66 60 43 96
M 42 37,5 52 56 75 - 50 114
M 48 43 60 65 86 - 58 115
M 56 50,5 70 75 100 - 66 131
M 64 58 80 86 110 - -
M 72 x 6 66 90 95 119 - -
Important!
M 80 x 6 74 100 106 130 - -
M 90 x 6 84 112 118 142 - -
M 100 x 6 94 125 132 156 - - t1 sinking
depth to be
Drawing indication: M 110 x 6 104 137 143 167 - - chosen as
M 125 x 6 119 156 162 186 - - small as pos-
sible!
M 140 x 6 134 175 182 206 - -
for example M 160 x 6 154 200 206 230 - -
The forming of a thread runout or undercut is at the discretion of the manufacturing shop provided that the useful
thread length is maintained.
1)
Guidance values for length of thread engagement approx. 1,25 d.
2)
To be used only in exceptional cases. The values of b can be attained only by manual recutting of the threads.
3)
Bigger depths shall be agreed upon with the Operations Scheduling Dept.
4)
SMS Demag specific
Page 3
NH Part 2 : 2008-01
Thread runouts / thread undercuts according to DIN 76-1
Thread runout Thread undercut
x1 normal case a1 normal case Type A normal case
x2 short a2 short Type B short
a3 long
Nominal thread Thread runout Distance Thread undercut

Flank lead
diameter x1 x2 a1 a2 a3 dg g1 g2 r
(coarse pitch max. max. min. max.
thread) A B A B
P
d Normal Short Normal Short Long h13 Normal Short Normal Short ≈
0,7 4 1,75 0,9 2,1 1,4 - d - 1,1 1,5 0,8 2,45 1,75 0,4
0,8 5 2 1 2,4 1,6 3,2 d - 1,3 1,7 0,9 2,8 2
1 6; 7 2,5 1,25 3 2 4 d - 1,6 2,1 1,1 3,5 2,5
0,6
1,25 8 3,2 1,6 3,75 2,5 5 d-2 2,7 1,5 4,4 3,2
1,5 10 3,8 1,9 4,5 3 6 d - 2,3 3,2 1,8 5,2 3,8 0,8
1,75 12 4,3 2,2 5,25 3,5 7 d - 2,6 3,9 2,1 6,1 4,3
1
2 14; 16 5 2,5 6 4 8 d-3 4,5 2,5 7 5
2,5 18; 20; 22 6,3 3,2 7,5 5 10 d - 3,6 5,6 3,2 8,7 6,3 1,2
3 24; 27 7,5 3,8 9 6 12 d - 4,4 6,7 3,7 10,5 7,5
1,6
3,5 30; 33 9 4,5 10,5 7 14 d-5 7,7 4,7 12 9
4 36; 39 10 5 12 8 16 d - 5,7 9 5 14 10
2
4,5 42; 45 11 5,5 13,5 9 18 d - 6,4 10,5 5,5 16 11
5 48; 52 12,5 6,3 15 10 20 d-7 11,5 6,5 17,5 12,5 2,5
5,5 56; 60 14 7 16,5 11 22 d - 7,7 12,5 7,5 19 14
3,2
6 64; 68 15 7,5 18 12 24 d - 8,3 14 8 21 15

e1 normal case Type C normal case
e2 short Type D short
e3 long
Other dimensions same as for thread runout

Thread runout
Flank lead (incl. excess length Thread undercut
Nominal thread diameter of pocket hole
(coarse pitch thread) e1 e2 e3 dg g1 g2 r
Guidance values min. max.
C D C D
P d Normal Short Long H13 Normal Short Normal Short ≈
0,7 4 3,8 2,4 6,1 d + 0,3 2,8 1,75 3,8 2,75 0,4
0,8 5 4,2 2,7 6,8 3,2 2 4,2 3
1 6; 7 5,1 3,2 8,2 4 2,5 5,2 3,7
0,6
1,25 8 6,2 3,9 10 5 3,2 6,7 4,9
1,5 10 7,3 4,6 11,6 6 3,8 7,8 5,6 0,8
1,75 12 8,3 5,2 13,3 7 4,3 9,1 6,4
1
2 14; 16 9,3 5,8 14,8 8 5 10,3 7,3
2,5 18; 20; 22 11,2 7 17,9 10 6,3 13 9,3 1,2
3 24; 27 13,1 8,2 21 d + 0,5 12 7,5 15,2 10,7
1,6
3,5 30; 33 15,2 9,5 24,3 14 9 17,7 12,7
4 36; 39 16,8 10,5 26,9 16 10 20 14
2
4,5 42; 45 18,4 11,5 29,4 18 11 23 16
5 48; 52 20,8 13 33,3 20 12,5 26 18,5 2,5
5,5 56; 60 22,4 14 35,8 22 14 28 20
3,2
6 64; 68 24 15 38,4 24 15 30 21
Page 4
NH Part 2 : 2008-01
Thread runouts / thread undercuts according to DIN 76-2

x1 normal case a1 normal case Type A2 normal case
x2 short a2 short Type B2 short
a3 long
Pipe threads Thread runout Distance Thread undercut

x1 x2 a1 a2 a3 dg g1 g2 r
DIN EN ISO 228-1 max. max. min. max.
Lead A2 B2 A2 B2
P d Normal Short Normal Short Long h13 Normal Short Normal Short ≈
0,907 G 1/8A 2,3 1,3 3 2 4 d-2 1,5 0,6 3,2 2,3 0,45
1,337 G 1/4A to G 3/8 3,3 1,7 4 2,7 5,4 d - 2,5 2,5 1,1 4,7 3,3 0,7
1,814 G 1/2A to G 7/8 4,5 2,3 5,5 3,6 7,2 d-3 3,8 2 6,3 4,5 0,9
2,309 G1 A to G6 5,8 2,9 7 4,6 9,2 d-4 4,6 2,3 8,1 5,8 1,2

e1 normal case Type C2 normal case
e2 short Type D2 short
Other dimensions same as for thread runout.
Pipe thread Excess length of

Thread undercut
pocket hole
DIN EN ISO 228-1 e1 e2 dg g1 g2 r
min. max.
Lead C2 D2 C2 D2
P d Normal Short H13 Normal Short Normal Short ≈
0,907 G 1/8 4,5 3 3,8 2,3 4,7 3,2 0,45
1,337 G 1/4 to G 3/8 6,5 4 5,3 3,3 6,1 4,4 0,7
d + 0,5
1,814 G 1/2 to G 7/8 8,5 5,5 7,2 4,5 8 5,6 0,9
2,309 G1 to G6 10 6,5 9,2 5,8 10,1 6,7 1,2
1) +0,5
Recommended permissible deviation from the calculated dimension t = P 0
2)
da min. = 1 d
da max. = 1,05 d
The normal case (shaded columns) applies every time no indications to the contrary are made in the drawings.
Page 5
NH Part 2 : 2008-01
Metric ISO threads according to DIN 13
Core hole
Designation
Through-hole Lead
of thread
0,5 0,7 0,75 0,8 1 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5 6
M 4 4,5 3,5 3,3 - -
M 5 5,5 4,5 - - 4,2
M 6 6,6 5,25 5,2 5
M 8 9 7,25 7,2 7 6,8
M 10 11 9,25 - 9 8,75 8,5
M 12 13,5 11 10,75 10,5 10,2
(M 14) 15,5 13 - 12,5 - 12
M 16 17,5 15 - 14,5 - 14
(M 18) 20 17 - 16,5 - 16 15,5
M 20 22 19 - 18,5 - 18 17,5
(M 22) 24 21 - 20,5 - 20 19,5
M 24 26 23 - 22,5 - 22 - 21
(M 27) 30 25,5 - 25 - 24
M 30 33 28,5 - 28 - - 26,5
(M 33) 36 31,5 - 31 - - 29,5
M 36 39 34,5 - 34 - 33 - 32
(M 39) 42 - - 37 - 36 - 35
M 42 45 40,5 - 40 - 39 - - 37,5
(M 45) 48 43,5 - 43 - 42 - - 40,5
M 48 52 46,5 - 46 - 45 - - - 43
(M 52) 56 50,5 - 50 - 49 - - - 47
M 56 62 54,5 - 54 - 53 - 52 - - 50,5
(M 60) 66 58,5 - 58 - 57 - 56 - - 54,5
M 64 70 62 - 61 - 60 - - - 58
(M 68) 74 66 - 65 - 64 - - - 62
M 72 x 6 78 70 - 69 - 68 - - - 66
M 80 x 6 86 78 - - - 76 - - - 74
M 90 x 6 96 88 - - - 86 - - - 84
M100 x 6 107 98 - - - 96 - - - 94
M110 x 6 117 108 - - - 106 - - - 104
M125 x 6 132 123 - - - 121 - - - 119
M140 x 6 147 138 - - - 136 - - - 134
M160 x 6 168 157 - - - - - 154
M180 x 6 188 177 - - - - - 174
M200 x 6 208 197 - - - - - 194
M220 x 6 228 217 - - - - - 214
M250 x 6 258 247 - 246 - - - 244
M280 x 6 288 277 - 276 - - - 274
Sizes in brackets shall be used only in special cases.
Values in shaded boxes apply to the coarse pitch thread.
For metric ISO thread selection series, see SN 152.
Size UNF thread Seating threads for threaded inserts

in SN 452 according to DIN 8140-1
inches Outside Core hole Length
Designation Designation Core hole dia.
dia. dia. L1
1/4 1/4 - 28 UNF 6,35 5,5 EG M 5 5 to 12,5 5,2
3/8 3/8 - 24 UNF 9,525 8,5 EG M 6 6 to 15 6,3
1/2 1/2 - 20 UNF 12,7 11,5 EG M 8 8 to 20 8,4
9/16 9/16 - 18 UNF 14,287 13,0 EG M 10 10 to 25 10,5
5/8 5/8 - 18 UNF 15,875 14,5 EG M 12 12 to 30 12,5
3/4 3/4 - 16 UNF 19,05 17,5 EG M 16 16 to 40 16,5
7/8 7/8 - 14 UNF 22,225 20,5 EG M 20 20 to 40 20,75
1 1 - 12 UNF 25,4 23,5 EG M 24 24 to 48 24,75
1 1/8 1 1/8 - 12 UNF 28,575 26,5 EG M 30 30 to 60 31
1 1/4 1 1/4 - 12 UNF 31,75 29,5 EG M 36 36 to 72 37
1 1/2 1 1/2 - 12 UNF 38,1 36
Add tolerance class 2A to the designation for male L1 = nominal length of threaded insert (calculation value).
threads and tolerance class 2B for female threads
(e.g. 1-12 UNF-2A or 1-12 UNF – 2B).
Page 6
NH Part 2 : 2008-01
Nominal thread d1 t1
Predrill cylindrical hole without
dimension and NPT NPTF
using an expanding reamer acc. to
number of starts Dry-sealing ≈
SN 453
1/16 - 27 6,25 6,15 12
1/8 - 27 8,5 8,4 12
1/4 - 18 11,1 11 17,5
3/8 - 18 14,7 14,5 17,6
1/2 - 14 18 17,75 22,9
3/4 - 14 23,25 23 23
1 - 11 29,25 29 27,4
37,5
core hole depth

1 1/4 - 11 38 28,1
(37,75)
44
1 1/2 - 11 44,25 28,4
(43,75)
2 - 11 56,25 56 28,4
2 1/2 - 8 67 66,5 40,8
3 - 8 83 82,5 43
3 1/2 - 8 95,5 - 44,7
4 - 8 108 - 45,6
Observe cutting depth of thread cutting tool according to data of tool manufacturer and thread plug gauge.
UNC thread Depth of thread

according to SN 451
1)
Designation 2) Outside diameter d Core hole dia. b 1) tnormal case
1/4 - 20 UNC 6,35 5,2 9 14
3/8 - 16 UNC 9,525 8 14 21
1/2 - 13 UNC 12,7 10,8 19 28
5/8 - 11 UNC 15,875 13,5 23 33
3/4 - 10 UNC 19,05 16,5 28 40
(7/8 - 9 UNC) 22,225 19,5 33 47
1 - 8 UNC 25,4 22,1 37 52
(1 1/8 - 7 UNC) 28,575 25 42 58
1 1/4 - 7 UNC 31,75 28,2 47 64
1 1/2 - 6 UNC 38,1 34 57 76
1 3/4 - 5 UNC 44,45 39,6 66 87
2 - 4,5 UNC 50,8 45 76 101
2 1/4 - 4,5 UNC 57,15 51,5 85 115
2 1/2 - 4 UNC 63,5 57 95 119
2 3/4 - 4 UNC 69,85 63 104 128
(3 - 4 UNC) 76,2 69,5 114 138
(3 1/2 - 4 UNC) 88,9 82,5 133 155
(4 - 4 UNC) 101,6 95 152 181
For thread depths exceeding 1,5 x dia., the Operations
Scheduling Dept. shall be consulted.
1) SMS Demag specific

2) Add tolerance class 2A to the designation for male threads and tolerance class 2B for female
threads (e.g. 1-8 UNC-2A or 1-8 UNC-2B).
( ) avoid whenever possible, no tools available at SMS Demag.
Page 7
NH Part 2 : 2008-01
Simplified representation in drawings
All holes having the same center shall be dimensioned from the top edge of the mounting plate.
Exceptions are as follows:
Thread and core-hole depths commencing centrically or non-centrically in a centering area and holes
commencing non-centrically in a centering area. In these cases dimensioning is from the lower surface. If
the simplified representation is not clear enough, a sectional view of the situation is required.
Thread and
Holes commencing non-
centrically in a centering area. Holes and countersinks/counter- core-hole
bores having the same center depths
Top edge of
mounting plate = datum surface
Core hole also serving

as hole for hydraulic
purposes
January 2008
Curves, diagonals, undercuts NH

Selection Part 3
Dimensions in mm Developed from SN 481
Curves and diagonals on turned parts
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4
For reasons of economy, the same sizes shall be used on a workpiece whenever possible.
r1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12,5 16 20 25 32 40
f1 2 3 4 4,5 6 7,5 9,5 11,2 13 15 22,5 26 30 37 52 60 75 93 120 150 187
f2 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4,5 5 6 7 11 12 14 17 24 28 35 43 55 69 87
f3 0,5 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 6 7 8 10 14 16 20 25 32 40 50
Type 1 shall be used with preference on shafts and holes when installation of bearings, bushes, rotary shaft seals, wipers,
guide strips etc. is intended.
Curves and diagonals on milled parts
Type 5 Type 6
For reasons of economy, the same sizes shall be used on a workpiece whenever possible.
r2 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12,5 16 20 25

f4 0,4 0,5 0,8 1 1,2 2 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 6 7 8 10 14 16 20 25 32
Mostly required sizes are shown in shaded boxes. If required for functional reasons, the curves r2 shall be specified with the
permissible deviations. Otherwise, the general tolerances according to SN 200 are applicable.
Undercuts on grooved holes
For manufacturing reasons, grooved holes shall be provided with undercuts. The undercut shall be selected from the types 1
to 3 below. The dimensioning of the undercut depends upon the type of feather key (NH Part 7) used; in the normal case, the
depth t2 shall be 20 mm. If, for reasons of design, the dimension t2 is required to be less than 20 mm, it shall not be smaller
than t2 min = 10 mm.
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Page 2
NH Part 3 : 2008-01
Undercuts and curves on antifriction bearing seats (antifriction bearings acc. to DIN 5418)
Important! On antifriction bearings combined with Nilos rings, type F according to DIN 509 shall be used.
Curves
Housing
Shaft Shaft with undercut – DIN 509, type E
rs = edge clearance on antifriction bearing

ras = groove radius on shaft
rbs = groove radius on housing
Curves of the antifriction bearings (edge clearance) rs min

0,6 1 1,1 1,5 2 2,1 3 4 5 6 7,5 9,5 12 15
ras / rbs 0,4 0,8 0,8 1,3 1,8 1,9 2,3 2,5 3,5 4,5 5 7 9 11
Permissible
± 0,2 ± 0,5 ±1
deviation
r 0,4 1,6 2,5 4
t1 + 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5
f 2 4 5 7
Designation and graphical representation of an undercut according to DIN 509 are shown on the next page.
Undercuts on shafts with constant nominal size diameters
On shafts having constant nominal dimensions but different tolerance fields, the respective areas shall be separated by an
undercut. This undercut shall be dimensioned from the smaller tolerance field (diameter).
Recommended assignment to diameter nominal size

r3 t2 f5
for increased resistance to
+ 0,1 for exposure to usual load
alternating stresses
0,6 0,2 2 > 10 ≤ 18
0,6 0,3 2,5 > 18 ≤ 80
1 0,4 4 > 80
1 0,2 2,5 > 18 ≤ 50
1,6 0,3 4 > 50 ≤ 80
2,5 0,4 5 > 80 ≤ 125
4 0,5 7 > 125
Page 3
NH Part 3 : 2008-01
Undercuts (relief grooves) according to DIN 509.

The dimensions stated in the tables refer to the finished part. The figures show external undercuts on turned parts.
Type E Undercut on a cylindrical surface Type F Undercut on end and cylindrical surface
for further machining for further machining
z1 z2 = machining allowance
d1= workpiece diameter
Designation of an undercut of type E with radius r = 1,2 mm and plunge depth t1 = 0,2 mm:
Undercut DIN 509 - E 1,2 x 0,2
r t1 f g t2 Recommended assignment to diameter d1 1) for workpieces

+0,1 +0,2 +0,05 of increased resistance to
±0,1 0 0 0 exposed to usual loads
alternating stresses
0,4 0,2 2 (1,1) 0,1 > 3 ≤ 18
0,8 0,3 2,5 (2,4) 0,2 > 18 ≤ 80
1,2 0,4 4 (3,4) 0,3 > 80
1,2 0,2 2,5 (2) 0,1 > 18 ≤ 50
1,6 0,3 4 (3,1) 0,2 > 50 ≤ 80
2,5 0,4 5 (4,8) > 80 ≤ 125
0,3
4 0,5 7 (6,4) > 125 ≤ 250
6 0,6 12 (9,5) 0,4 > 250 ≤ 360
10 0,7 15 (13,5) 0,4 > 360 ≤ 560
16 0,8 25 (20) 0,4 > 560 ≤ 710
20 0,9 30 (24,2) 0,4 > 710 ≤ 1000
25 1,0 35 (30,3) 0,5 > 1000
The values shown in shaded columns are SMS Demag specific.
Surface quality as in SN 200, Part 5, Table 15; other surface qualities shall be expressly stated in the designation, for
example
Designation of an undercut of type E with radius r = 1,2 mm, plunge depth t1 = 0,2 mm
and surface roughness Ra = 0,8:
Undercut DIN 509 – E 1,2 x 0,2 - Ra 0,8
1)
The assignment to the diameter range does not apply to short projections and thin-walled parts.
For reasons of economy, it is practical to use the same type and size of undercut if several undercuts are required on a
workpiece with different diameters.
Page 4
NH Part 3 : 2008-01
Depression on the counterpart Dimension a

a
Undercut
Lower limit
Size
Type
r x t1
E F
0,4 x 0,2 0,3 0
0,8 x 0,3 0,6 0,05
1,2 x 0,2 1,1 0,6
1,2 x 0,4 0,9 0,1
1,6 x 0,3 1,4 0,6
2,5 x 0,4 2,2 1,0
4 x 0,5 3,6 2,1
Representation and indication of undercuts in drawings
In drawings undercuts are indicated in a simplified way by giving their respective designations.
Example: Undercut type F 1,2 x 0,2 Example: Undercut type E 1,2 x 0,2
DIN 509 – F 1,2 x 0,2

DIN 509 – E 1,2 x 0,2
January 2008
Permissible bolt loads

for bolts of strength category 8.8 NH
Operating loads, pretensioning forces, tightening torques, Part 4
pretensioning tools
Developed from SN 403

1)
This guideline is intended to allow quick finding of bolt sizes of strength category 8.8 and of the minimum space requirement
of the pertaining pretensioning tools. The guideline does not apply to bolts with fine threads, necked-down bolts and T-
head bolts as in SN 425. Special programs for the calculation of bolts for pipeline flanges are available in the department of
hydraulic systems.
The permissible axial operating loads FA stated in the table take into account the fatigue strength of a
bolted connection. If these operating loads are exceeded, there is no guarantee against fatigue fracture.
In this case recalculation of the bolted connection according to VDI 2230 is required. A computing
program for this purpose is available in the R & D department.
The operating loads stated in the table refer to purely axial loading and centric load introduction in the case of bolts with
metric ISO threads in a permissible temperature range from -50 °C to +300 °C. The calculation is based on repeated
alternating stress of 40 N/mm² for bolts < M 20 and of 33 N/mm² for bolts ≥ M 20. The controlled tightening of the bolts
using the specified torques and pretensioning forces is an essential prerequisite for the durability of the bolted
connections. Fine threads have different permissible tightening torques, operating and pretensioning forces; tools for
tightening by stretching, however, are not available at SMS Demag. To avoid excess interfacial pressure under bolt head and
nut and the resulting loss in tension, washers as in SN 808 shall be used. The strength categories 10.9 and 12.9 should be
used only in exceptional cases. Bolted connections which need controlled pretensioning must be specially marked in the
drawing. This marking shall be in the form of a CAD drawing sticker (F0403).
Permissible axial operating load FA [kN]

Tightening method
Stressed cross-section
Tightening method
Turning Stretching Turning 2) Stretching 3)
Bolt size
Pretensioning force 4)
Pretensioning force 5)
Tightening torque
Units available at
Units available at
MA (µ = 0,125)
(slightly oiled)
SMS Demag
SMS Demag
d1 P As Grip ratio Ik / d for up to 3 joints
mm mm mm 2 2 3 4 6 >6 2 3 4 6 >6 Fv [kN] [Nm] Fv [kN]

M 6 1 20,1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 7 7 X - -
M 8 1,25 36,6 7 7 7 7 7 - - - - - 13 18 X - -
M 10 1,5 58 11 11 11 11 11 - - - - - 20 35 X - -
M 12 1,75 84,3 16 17 17 16 16 - - - - - 29 61 X - -
M 16 2 157 27 32 33 32 32 - - - - - 55 149 X - -
M 20 2,5 245 36 42 49 51 50 - - - - - 86 290 X - -
M 24 3 353 52 61 71 73 72 52 61 71 90 99 124 500 X 158 X
M 30 3,5 561 85 100 115 118 116 85 100 115 146 157 199 1004 X 251 X
M 36 4 817 124 146 168 173 170 124 146 168 214 230 291 1749 X 366 X
M 42 4,5 1121 175 206 237 239 235 175 206 237 300 315 401 2806 X 502 X
M 48 5 1473 231 273 314 315 310 231 273 314 398 415 529 4236 X 660 X
M 56 5,5 2030 299 354 408 440 432 299 354 408 519 576 732 6791 X 909 X
M 64 6 2676 384 454 583 586 574 384 454 523 667 762 969 10147 X 1199 X
M 72 x 6 3463 486 575 663 768 752 486 575 663 846 991 1265 14689 X 1551 X
M 80 x 6 4344 600 708 817 972 952 599 708 817 1045 1247 1597 20368 - 1946 X
M 90 x 6 5590 782 924 1065 1260 1233 782 924 1065 1359 1605 2069 29492 - 2504 X
M100 x 6 7000 983 1161 1334 1586 1553 983 1161 1339 1708 2011 2605 41122 - 3136 X
M110 x 6 8560 1153 1363 1573 1957 1915 1153 1363 1573 2013 2469 3198 54799 - 3835 X
M125 x 6 11200 1410 1666 1926 2477 2534 1409 1666 1926 2477 3079 4205 80284 - 5018 X
M140 x 6 14200 1749 2067 2390 3078 3233 1749 2067 2391 3079 3832 5352 113326 - 6362 X
M160 x 6 18700 2346 2773 3205 4122 4268 2346 2773 3205 4122 5184 7073 171027 - 8378 X
For footnotes, see page 2 Continued on pages 2 to 7

Page 2
NH Part 4 : 2008-01
Minimum depths of engagement

Strength categories
8.8 8.8 10.9 10.9 12.9
Thread fineness d/p <9 ≥9 <9 ≥9 <9
Hard Al alloy AlCuMg1 1,1 x d 1,4 x d -

Grey cast iron EN-GJL-250
1,0 x d 1,25 x d 1,4 x d
Cast iron with spheroidal graphite EN-GJS 400
Steel S235 1,0 x d 1,25 x d 1,4 x d
Steel S355, C35+N 0,9 x d 1,0 x d 1,2 x d
Steel, quenched and tempered, Rm > 800 N/mm2 0,8 x d 0,9 x d 1,0 x d
In the normal case the necessary pretensioning of the bolted connection is performed with the tools for pretensioning by
turning or stretching available in the SMS Demag workshop. Sometimes these tools cannot be used due to lack of space. In
these cases the tightening angle shall be indicated with pretensioning torque (MV = 0,1 MA) in addition to the necessary
pretensioning forces. The values of these tightening angles cannot be represented in a table. The tightening angles for bolts
are calculated with the following equation:
Meaning of the variables:

 
P = pitch of the bolt thread  
FV = pretensioning force in kN (see table)  
360°  
E = modulus of elasticity (210 kN/mm²) ϑ° = • F V • lk •  1 +
1 1

 A sch π  
P E 2
Asch = cross-section of bolt shank = core section Ad3
 d + lK 
  − dh 2  
lK = length of grip
 4  w a  
dw = outside diameter of head or nut contact face    
a = 10 for plates having a radial expansion of DA ≥ 3 dW (VDI 2230)
DA = outside diameter of a clamped sleeve (VDI 2230)
dh = hole diameter of secured components = inside diameter of replacement cylinder (VDI 2230)
Note: Further information on the pretensioning tools can be obtained from the Workshop Assembly Dept.
1)
When other bolt materials are used, the pretensioning forces, oil pressures and tightening torques are converted with the
following factors:
For bolt materials 5.6 = 0,47; 10.9 = 1,41; 12.9 = 1,69; A2-70 = 0,71; A2-80 = 0,94.
These factors cannot be used for converting the permissible axial operating loads. Recalculation according to VDI 2230
is required.
2)
During the tightening of the bolt torsional and frictional moments occur in addition to the axial tensile forces; there are
also friction losses which depend on the thread pitch and the lubricating and surface conditions. The stated
pretensioning forces and tightening torques take these factors into account for a 70 % use of the yield point of bolt
material 8.8. The effective pretensioning force after settling is between 50 % and 60 % of the yield point force.
3)
The stated pretensioning forces take into account a 70 % use of the yield strength of bolt material 8.8 during tensioning.
The removal of the hydraulic pressure reduces, after manual retightening of the nuts, the pretensioning force applied
down to approximately 60 % of the yield point force due to settling taking place in the turns of the thread and on the
contact surface of the nut.
Tightening factor α A 1,4.
4)
Tightening factor α A 1,2.

5)
6)
Size of the required end face as mounting surface of the pretensioning tool.
Page 3
NH Part 4 : 2008-01
Tools available at SMS Demag for controlled pretensioning of bolts
Tightening by turning Opening of impact socket wrench

Tightening
(without gear) Bolt size for hexagon bolt for hexagon socket
torque
Nut bolt
Input Output Input Output
d1 Nm (µ = 0,125)
e a (mm) e a (mm)
M 6 7 10 5
M 8 18 13 6
1/2" (12) 1/2" (12)
Input e M 10 35 17 8
M 12 61 19 10
M 16 149 24 14
3/4" (19) 3/4" (19)
M 20 290 30 17
Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm

Bolt size
h1 x
Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex.
d1 d2 d3 socket l1 v socket
Output a Bolt Bolt
Washer SN 808 M 6 15 20 63 92 9 72 104
M 8 18 26 65 93 11,5 77 108
25
M 10 24 33 66 94 13,5 80 112
M 12 26 36 67 95 16 83 117
M 16 35 43 125 153 21 146 170
35
M 20 43 56 133 153 30 163 175
Tightening by turning Tightening Opening of impact socket wrench

(with gear) Bolt torque 1)
size Nm for hexagon bolt for hexagon socket
Gear
(µ = 0,125) Nut bolt
Input Output Input Output Input Output
d1 Output
e a e a (mm) e (mm) a (mm)
M 24 500 36 36 19
3/4" 1" 1"
M 30 1004 (19) (25) (25) 46 36 22
M 36 1749 55 36 27
Input e M 36 1749 55 36 27
M 42 2806 3/4" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 65 50 32
M 48 4236 (19) (38) (38) 75 60 36
M 56 6791 85 60 41
M 48 4236 75 50 36
M 56 6791 3/4" 85 50 41
Gear Profile toothing
M 64 10147 (19) 95 - -
Output a
M 72x6 14689 105 - -
Bolt
size h1 h2 x
Hex. Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex. Hex.
socket socket socket
d1 d2 d3 d4 Bolt Bolt h3 l1 l2 l3v l4 Bolt
M 24 57 62 310 360 200 250 30 340 390
Output a M 30 70 78 80 325 375 215 265 66 45 60 45 130 37 362 412
M 36 88 90 340 390 230 280 44 404 454
M 36 88 90 350 400 275 325 44 394 444
M 42 100 107 405 455 285 335 51 456 506
174 105 90 90 70 200
M 48 113 125 425 475 305 355 58 483 533
Washer SN 808 M 56 136 140 450 500 320 370 67 517 567
M 48 120 125 450 500 365 415 58 508 558
Plarad XVR M 56 132 140 460 510 375 425 67 527 577
200 146 105 140 90 335
M 64 145 156 468 - 385 - 74 542 -
M 72x6 158 177 475 - 395 - 82 557 -

Page 4
NH Part 4 : 2008-01
Tightening by turning Bolt size Max. torque

(sockets with hydraulic cylinder and Tightening Opening of impact Opening of insert
for
torque 1) socket wrench socket
ratchet) insert socket
Nm Input Output Input Output
d1 Nm
(µ = 0,125) e a (mm) e (mm) a (mm)
M 30 1004 46 22
M 36 1749 1 1/2" 55 27
50 5000
M 42 2806 (38) 65 32
M 48 4236 75 36
Input e Bolt size Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm
h1 min.*) x
Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex.
socket socket
d1 d2 d3 A B C E F G Bolt l1 l2 v Bolt
M 30 70 78 180 40 37 220 170
130
M 36 82 90 190 50 44 240 180
192 88 41 32 45 120 120
M 42 100 107 192 136 60 51 250 190
Output a M 48 110 125 202 134 65 58 265 200
*) space requirement with handle: plus 80 mm.
Washer SN 808
Tool weights:
LT 50 MS = 14 kg
pertaining hydraulic unit = 50 kg
Tightening by hydraulic
turning Opening of Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm
Bolt Tightening
impact socket h1 X
size torque 1)
wrench
Hexagon Hexagon
Nm Output bolt bolt
d1 d3 A B E h2 l1 V
(µ = 0,125) a (mm)
M 24 500 36 62 30 83
173 143 38 43,75 53 45
M 30 1004 46 78 37 90
M 24 500 36 62 30 96
M 30 1004 46 78 37 103
230 175 60
M 36 1749 55 90 57,95 66 70 44 110
M 42 2806 65 107 51 117
M 48 4236 75 125 228 180 58,5 58 124
M 48 4236 75 125 58 142
M 56 6791 85 140 300 203 75 67,5 84 87 67 151
M 64 10147 95 156 74 158
Tool weights:
Type HSX 246 F = 1,45 kg
Type HSX 575 W = 3,25 kg
Type HSX 12100 F = 4,4 kg
Output a Washer SN 808

Page 5
NH Part 4 : 2008-01
Tightening by turning
Max. torque
Tightening Opening of
Bolt size Opening of impact socket wrench for
torque 1) insert socket
insert socket
Nm Input Output Output
d1 Nm
(µ = 0,125) e a (mm) a (mm)
M 42 2806 65 32 6020
M 48 4236 1 1/2“ 75 36 9700
M 56 6791 85 41 12750
¨
M 64 10147 95 46
15500
M 72x6 14689 105 55

Bolt size h1 min. *) X
Hex. Hex.
Hex. Hex.
socket socket
d1 d2 d3 A B D E Bolt l1 V Bolt
M 42 100 107 260 176 55 51 320
260
M 48 112 125 242 175 62 58
340
M 56 126 140 230 191 275 49 237 70 67 280
180
M 64 137 156 263 75 74
370 290
M 72x6 150 177 260 183 82 82
Output a Washer SN 808 *) space requirement with handle: plus 60 mm.
Tool weight:
Type MSX/T155 TS = 14,1 kg

Page 6
NH Part 4 : 2008-01
Tightening by stretching
(hydraulic pretensioning tool)
Note:
Given the small supporting faces of the
hydraulic pretensioning units as from
M 80 x 6, the pretensioning forces may Tool type
shown: SKF-
cause indentations on the component.
HTS
Nut
Washer
Welds shall leave sufficient SN 808
space for tool!
Bolt size Pretensioning force Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm
Fv S
d1 d2 d3 d4 6) h1 l1 l2 v +10
0 X
kN mm
M 24 158 36 45 64 50 300
78 84 250 45
M 30 251 46 55 70 60 310
M 36 366 55 65 97 80 395
102 108 320 55
M 42 502 65 75 93 90 405
M 48 660 75 90 121 100 470
M 56 909 85 100 145 157 370 79 128 120 485
M 64 1199 95 110 133 130 500
M 64 1199 95 110 153 130 630
M 72 x 6 1551 105 120 180 192 500 96 158 150 645
M 80 x 6 *) 1946 115 140 165 160 660
M 80 x 6 *) 1946 115 140 215 160 870
M 90 x 6 *) 2504 130 160 225 180 890
¨ 280 264 710 145
M100 x 6 *) 3136 145 175 233 200 910
M110 x 6 *) 3835 155 185 238 220 925
M125 x 6 *) 5018 180 220 295 250 970
M140 x 6 *) 6362 200 240 364 356 710 190 305 280 990
M160 x 6 *) 8378 230 270 320 310 1030
*) Use only in exceptional cases; ITH units to be used instead.
Tool weights:
Type 02.382 = 7 kg
Type 02.383 = 15 kg
Type SD 55 = 32 kg
Type 2.83 = 38 kg
Type 2.135 = 70 kg
pertaining hydraulic unit = 71 kg

Page 7
NH Part 4 : 2008-01
Tightening by stretching Preten- Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm

Bolt size sioning
force
d1 Fv [kN] s d2 d3 d4 6) h1 l1 v +10
0 X
M 30 251 46 55 107 95 63 200
119 60
M 36 366 55 65 107 105 75 215
M 42 502 65 75 150 125 137 80 90 250
M 48 660 75 90 169 140 145 90 100 270
M 56 909 85 100 190 168 153,5 102 120 300
Tool weights (heads and bridges):

Type Flexitallic M30 = 3,46 kg
Ensure sufficient space at Washer SN 808

transition areas (radii, welds etc.)
Nut
s
Tightening by stretching Bolt size Preten-

sioning Tool dimensions, space requirement in mm
force
+10
d1 Fv [kN] s d2 d3 d4 6) h1 l1 l2 v 0 X
M 80x6 1946 115 140 200 160 462
M 90x6 2504 130 160 225 237 302 125 210 180 482
M100x6 3136 145 175 220 200 502
M110x6 3835 155 185 240 220 590
M120x6 4614 170 210 280 292 370 153 255 235 605
M125x6 5018 180 220 260 250 620
M125x6 5018 180 220 300 250 678
M140x6 6362 200 240 358 370 428 195 310 280 708
M160x6 8378 230 270 320 320 748
Tool weights:
Type ITH M 80 / M 90 / M100 x 6 = 68 kg
Nut Type ITH M110 / M120 / M125 x 6 = 122 kg
s Type ITH M125 / M140 / M160 x 6 = 224 kg
Ensure sufficient Washer SN 808
space at transition areas

(radii, welds etc.)

January 2008
Design instructions on fasteners
Screws and bolts, nuts, washers in conjunction
with countersinks/counterbores and/or holes; NH
foundation anchoring elements Section 5.1
Selection
Plug screws Counterbores

similar to
up to G2: DIN 908 SN 870 DIN 3852-2
over G2: SN 595 Type VSTI
For plug screws as in DIN 908, SN 595, SN 870; pipe couplings as in SN 456;
venting valves as in SN 501, and male stud couplings as in SN 834, SN 839.
b1 = useful thread
length
at a pressure ≥ 20 MPa
d2
d1
Thread dia. DIN ISO 228
c i
SMS Demag-
Pertaining sealing rings, Profile packing is part specific for For Specifically
type A as in DIN 7603 of the coupling DIN 908; SN 595; SN 456; SN 501 defined for SMS
Material: Cu (Perbunan or Viton) SN 870 SN 834; SN 839 Demag purposes
Perm.
d1 d2 c i d2 l i a1 a1 max. b1 +1 d4 min. d7 dev. t1
G 1/8 14 3 8 14 12 8 5 1 9 19 9,8 13
G 1/4 18 3 12 19 17 12 6 1,5 13 25 13,2 18
+0,2
G 3/8 22 3 12 22 17 12 6 2 13 28 16,7 18
0
G 1/2 26 4 14 27 19 14 7 2,5 15 34 21 22
G 3/4 32 4 16 32 21 16 7 2,5 17 42 26,5 24
G1 39 5 16 40 22,5 16 8 2,5 19 47 33,3 28
G 1 1/4 49 5 16 50 22,5 16 8 2,5 22 58 42 +0,3 30
G 1 1/2 55 5 16 55 22,5 16 8 2,5 24 65 47,9 0 32
G2 68 5 20 72 34,3 24 12 3 26 76 59,7 34
G 2 1/2 84 8 26 - - - 12 - 32 85 - - 40
G3 100 8 26 - - - 17 - 32 102 - - 40
T-head bolt T-slot

Metric ISO thread
DIN 186 DIN 649
for T-head bolts acc. to DIN 186
Minor dia. of bolt thread
Thread dia. DIN 13
Core section
(max. dim.)
Lead
Perm. dev. hmin.

d1 P mm² k n m a b from b EN-GJL GS; St c r
M 6 1 4,77 17,9 4,5 6 16 7 19 -1 15 15 8 0,6
M 8 1,25 6,47 32,8 5,5 8 18 10 22 -1 17 17 9 0,6
M 10 1,5 8,16 52,3 7 10 21 12 26 -2 25 21 11 0,6
M 12 1,75 9,85 76,2 8 12 26 14,5 31 -2 31 25 12 0,6
M 16 2 13,55 144,1 10,5 16 30 18,5 36 -2 38 30 15 0,6
M 20 2,5 16,93 225,2 13 20 36 24 44 -3 44 34 17 0,6
M 24 3 20,32 324,3 15 24 43 28 52 -3 51 39 19 0,6
M 30 3,5 25,71 519 19 30 54 35 65 -4 63 48 24 1
M 36 4 31,09 759,3 23 36 66 42 80 -4 75 57 28 1,6
M 42 4,5 36,48 1045 26 42 80 48 95 -5 89 67 32 1,6
M 48 5 41,87 1377 30 48 88 56 105 -5 102 76 36 1,6
Page 2
NH Section 5.1 : 2008-01
Hexagon head bolts Hexagon fit bolts Studs
Metric ISO thread
DIN EN ISO 4014 DIN 609 DIN 939
DIN EN 20273 coarse for struct. steel eng.

DIN EN ISO 4017 SN 550 SN 343
DIN EN 20273 medium for mech. eng.

DIN EN ISO
4032
(max. dim.)
DIN 13-28
DIN 336
DIN 13
Stressed cross-section As
Minor dia. of bolt thread
DIN EN ISO
4032
Dia. of core hole bit:
DIN EN ISO 4032

Core section Ad3
Through-hole
Thread dia.
Lead
d3 d3
d1 P mm2 mm2 k vmin. a b t ds k6 d4 k vmin. a b t vmin.
Medium Coarse
M 4 0,7 3,3 3,14 8,78 7,8 4,5 4,8 2,8 4,5 5 7 11 - - - - 5 7 11 4,5
M 5 0,8 4,2 4,02 14,2 12,7 5,5 5,8 3,5 6,5 6,5 9 14 - - - - 6,5 9 14 6,5
M 6 1 5 4,77 20,1 17,9 6,6 7 4 7 7,5 10 16 - - - - 7,5 10 16 7
M 8 1,25 6,8 6,47 36,6 32,8 9 10 5,3 9,5 10 13 20 9 10 5,3 9,5 10 13 20 9,5
M 10 1,5 8,5 8,16 58,0 52,3 11 12 6,4 11,5 12 15 23 11 13 6,4 11,5 12 15 23 11,5
M 12 1,75 10,2 9,85 84,3 76,3 13,5 14,5 7,5 14,5 15 18 27 13 15 7,5 14,5 15 18 27 14,5
M 16 2 14 13,55 157 144,1 17,5 18,5 10 19 20 24 34 17 19 10 19 20 24 34 19
M 20 2,5 17,5 16,93 245 225,2 22 24 12,5 23 25 29 41 21 23 12,5 23 25 29 41 23
M 24 3 21 20,32 353 324,3 26 28 15 27,5 30 34 48 25 28 15 27,5 30 34 48 27,5
M 30 3,5 26,5 25,71 561 519 33 35 18,7 32,5 38 42 58 32 34 19 32,5 38 42 58 32,5
M 36 4 32 31,09 817 759,3 39 42 22,5 39 45 49 66 38 40 22 39 45 49 66 39
M 42 4,5 37,5 36,48 1121 1045 45 48 26 43 52 56 75 44 46 26 43 52 56 75 43
M 48 5 43 41,87 1473 1377 52 56 30 48 60 65 86 50 54 30 48 60 65 86 48
M 56 5,5 50,5 49,25 2030 1905 62 66 35 56 70 75 100 58 63 35 56 70 75 100 56
M 64 6 58 56,64 2676 2520 70 74 40 63 80 86 110 65 70 40 63 80 86 110 63
M 72x6 6 66 64,64 3463 3287 78 82 45 70 90 95 119 75 80 45 70 90 95 119 70
M 80x6 6 74 72,64 4344 4144 86 91 50 76 100 106 130 82 87 50 76 100 106 130 76
M 90x6 6 84 82,64 5590 5364 96 101 57 84 112 118 142 - - - - 112 118 142 84
M100x6 6 94 92,64 7000 6740 107 112 63 92 125 132 156 - - - - 125 132 156 92
M110x6 6 104 102,64 8560 8273 117 122 69 100 137 143 167 - - - - 137 143 167 100
M125x6 6 119 117,64 11200 10869 132 137 79 112 156 162 186 - - - - 156 162 186 112
M140x6 6 134 132,64 14200 13818 147 155 88 124 175 182 206 - - - - 175 182 206 124
M160x6 6 154 152,64 18700 18299 168 175 100 140 200 206 230 - - - - 200 206 230 140
According to DIN EN ISO 4014, 4017 and 4032, hexagon bolts and nuts are standardised only up to size M 64.
For bigger thread diameters, SMS Demag still uses the withdrawn standards DIN 931 and DIN 934.

Page 3
NH Section 5.1 : 2008-01
Width across flats Hexagon nut Hexagon nut, Castle nut Eye bolt
prevailing
torque type DIN 580
of bolts and nuts DIN 935
as in:
Split pin
DIN 609, DIN 561, DIN EN ISO 4032 DIN EN ISO DIN EN ISO 1234
DIN 935, DIN 934 5) 7042
DIN EN ISO 4014,
DIN 931 5),
DIN 13
DIN EN ISO 4017,
DIN EN ISO 4032,
DIN 934 5)
Thread dia.
DIN 580 – M 20 – C15E
Eye nut see DIN 582
Split pin
emin. s mmax. vmin. hmax. vmin. mmax. vmin. nmin. d2 d3 d4 h l b 4) t 4) d1
dia. x l
7,66 7 3,2 8 - - 5 6,5 1,2 1 x 10 - - - - - - - M 4
8,79 8 4,7 11 5,1 7,5 6 8 1,4 1,2 x 12 - - - - - - - M 5
11,05 10 5,2 13 6 9 7,5 10 2 1,6 x 14 - - - - - - - M 6
DIN EN ISO 4014, DIN EN ISO 4017, DIN EN ISO 4032
14,38 13 6,8 16 8 12 9,5 12 2,5 2 x 16 20 36 20 36 13 16 24 M 8

17,77 16 8,4 20 10 15 12 15 2,8 2,5 x 20 25 45 25 45 17 20 29 M 10
20,03 18 10,8 25 12 17 15 19 3,5 3,2 x 22 30 54 30 53 20,5 24 34 M 12
DIN EN ISO 4032
26,75 24 14,8 34 16,4 22 19 23 4,5 4 x 28 35 63 35 62 27 33 44 M 16

33,53 30 18 41 20,3 28 22 27 4,5 4 x 36 40 72 40 71 30 36 49 M 20
39,98 36 21,5 49 23,9 33 27 33 5,5 5 x 40 50 90 50 90 36 43 58 M 24
50,85 46 25,6 58 30 41 33 40 7 6,3 x 50 65 108 60 109 45 53 70 M 30
60,79 55 31 70 36 48 38 46 7 6,3 x 63 75 126 70 128 54 57 76 M 36
71,3 65 34 77 - - 46 55 9 8 x 71 85 144 80 147 63 66 87 M 42
82,6 75 38 86 - - 50 60 9 8 x 80 100 166 90 168 68 71 94 M 48
93,56 85 45 101 - - 57 68 9 8 x 100 110 184 100 187 78 87 113 M 56
104,86 95 51 114 - - 66 78 11 10 x 100 120 206 110 208 90 100 128 M 64
116,16 105 58 128 - - 73 85 11 10 x 112 150 260 140 260 100 112 140 M 72 x 6
127,46 115 64 140 - - 79 91 11 10 x 140 170 296 160 298 112 134 162 M 80 x 6
144,08 130 72 156 - - 92 104 14 13 x 140 - - - - - 160 190 M 90 x 6
DIN 931, DIN 934
161,02 145 80 172 - - 100 112 14 13 x 160 190 330 180 330 130 160 190 M100 x 6
DIN 934
172,32 155 88 188 - - - - - - - - - - - - - M110 x 6

200,57 180 100 212 - - - - - - - - - - - - - M125 x 6
220,8 200 112 236 - - - - - - - - - - - - - M140 x 6
254,7 230 128 268 - - - - - - - - - - - - - M160 x 6
1) The necessary washers shall be included in the grip length.
2) ength of thread engagement at 1,25 d1.
3) Bolt length (minimum length) = grip length + projection length. This minimum length shall be rounded off to the next bigger bolt length stated in the
relevant standards.
4) Specifically defined for SMS Demag purposes. (adapted to load ring thread)

5) For thread diameters over M64, SMS Demag still uses the withdrawn standard DIN 934.
Page 4
NH Section 5.1 : 2008-01
Socket head bolts Counterbores for socket Counterbores for

head bolts hexagon bolts
DIN 974-1 DIN 974-2
DIN EN ISO 4762 DIN 7984 DIN EN ISO 1207

Through-hole acc. to DIN EN 20273 medium
DIN EN ISO 4762, DIN 912 5)

DIN 13
For socket wrench
Width across flats

DIN EN ISO 1207
DIN EN ISO 4017

without washer
without washer
without washer
without washer
and box wrench
Thread dia.
DIN 7984
Over M64: DIN 912 5)
All sizes with fine threads
acc. to DN 912 5)
d1 d3 dk lg max. k dk t k dk amax. k d2 H13 t t t d2 H13 s t

M 4 4,5 7 2,1 4 7 3,4 2,8 7 1,4 2,6 8 4,6 3,4 3,2 - - -
M 5 5,5 8,5 2,4 5 8,5 4,2 3,5 8,5 1,6 3,3 10 5,7 4,2 4 - - -
M 6 6,6 10 3 6 10 4,8 4 10 2 3,9 11 6,8 4,8 4,7 - - -
M 8 9 13 3,75 8 13 6 5 13 2,5 5 15 9 6 6 - - -
M 10 11 16 4,5 10 16 7,5 6 16 3 6 18 11 7,5 7 33 16 10
M 12 13,5 18 5,25 12 18 8,5 7 - - - 20 13 8,5 8 36 18 11
DIN EN ISO 4762
M 16 17,5 24 6 16 24 11,5 9 - - - 26 17,5 11,5 10,5 43 24 13,5

M 20 22 30 7,5 20 30 13,5 11 - - - 33 21,5 13,5 12,5 56 30 16
M 24 26 36 9 24 36 15,5 13 - - - 40 25,5 15,5 14,5 62 36 19,5
M 30 33 45 10,5 30 - 19,5 - - - - 50 32 19,5 - 78 46 23
M 36 39 54 12 36 - 23,5 - - - - 58 38 23,5 - 90 55 27
M 42 45 63 13,5 42 - - - - - - 69 44 - - 107 65 30,5
M 48 52 72 15 48 - - - - - - 78 50 - - 125 75 34,5
M 56 62 84 16,5 56 - - - - - - 93 58 - - - - -
M 64 70 96 18 64 - - - - - - 107 66 - - - - -
M 72 x 6 78 108 18 72 - - - - - - 118 74 - - - -
DIN 912
M 80 x 6 86 120 18 80 - - - - - - 132 82 - - - -
M 90 x 6 96 135 18 90 - - - - - - 145 92 - - - -
M100 x 6 107 150 18 100 - - - - - - 160 102 - - - -
M110 x 6 117 - - - - - - - - - Short designation (d3 / d2 x t)
M125 x 6 132 - - - - - - - - - ∅13,5 / ∅20x8,5 ∅13,5 / ∅20x8,5
M140 x 6 147 - - - - - - - - -
M160 x 6 168 - - - - - - - - -
For footnote, see page 3

Page 5
NH Section 5.1 : 2008-01
Counterbores Counterbores Counterbores Countersunk head Countersink

screw
for for for DIN 74
hexagon bolts, socket wrenches, eye bolt DIN EN ISO 10642
screws and nuts box wrenches DIN 580 for countersunk
and head screw
DIN 974 -2 striking-face box and eye nut DIN EN ISO 10642
spanners DIN 582
Type F
and washers
DIN EN ISO 7089,
DIN EN ISO 7090,
SN 808
faced
for wear plates
DIN 13
Thread dia.
α = 90° +2° α = 90° ±1°
d2 H13 d2 d5 4) dk min. kmax. d2 H13 smin. d1

10 18 - 7,53 2,48 9,18 7 M 4
11 18 - 9,43 3,1 11,47 8 M 5
13 20 - 11,34 3,72 13,71 9 M 6
18 26 40 – 45 15,24 4,96 18,25 11 M 8
22 33 40 – 45 19,22 6,2 22,73 13 M 10
26 36 46 – 52 23,12 7,44 27,21 15 M 12
33 43 52 – 56 29,01 8,8 33,99 19 M 16
40 56 70 – 75 36,05 10,16 40,71 24 M 20
48 62 85 – 90 - - - - M 24
61 78 105 – 110 - - - - M 30
71 90 95 – 100 - - - - M 36
82 107 105 – 110 - - - - M 42
98 125 112 - - - - M 48
112 140 125 – 130 - - - - M 56
125 156 132 - - - - M 64
132 177 165 – 170 - - - - M 72 x 6
150 177 180 - - - - M 80 x 6
170 208 175 - - - - M 90 x 6
190 236 200 - - - - M100 x 6
200 264 - - - - - M110 x 6
240 380 - - - - - M125 x 6
260 380 - - - - - M140 x 6
290 380 - - - - - M160 x 6

Foundation anchoring elements NH
Section 5.2
Graphical Through-hole Threaded bolt Masonry bolt T-head bolt

bolt symbol 1) SN 172 DIN 529 SN 425
DIN 24536
Grout grout and
shuttering
Stone bolt sleeve seal
Graphical symbol for bolt : examples for M30
T-head bolt
anchor plate
Adhesive
bolt
Shank type A
Threaded Note:
Note:
bolt Always combined with
Observe SN 559 and other standards.
anchor plate or
double anchor plate

Weight Weight
T-head in kg in kg
For
Bolt
thread
per 500 mm of
per 10 mm of
per 1000 mm
per 10 mm of
size
Weight in
of length
∅
kg / m
length
length
length
+2 +2 +2
d1 e1 0 e2 0 d3 d2 0
f L1 b t1 t2 oe w
M 10 - - 12 - - - - 200 100 45 0,34 0,006 - - -

M 12 - - 16 - - - - 250 100 55 0,50 0,009 - - -
To be indicated as appropriate for the purpose (gradations of a least 10 mm)
M 16 - - 20 - - - - 320 100 70 0,92 0,016 - - -

M 20 - - 25 - - - - 400 100 85 1,49 0,025 - - -
M 24 27 54 28 24 5 75 3,55 500 100 100 2,22 0,036 500 3,66 0,036
M 30 34 68 35 30 5 90 5,55 600 100 120 3,63 0,055 600 5,77 0,055
M 36 40 82 40 36 5 120 8,00 700 100 140 5,51 0,08 700 8,36 0,08
M 42 47 94 48 42 5 135 10,87 800 100 160 7,83 0,109 800 11,48 0,109
M 48 53 102 54 48 5 150 14,20 1000 100 180 10,65 0,142 1000 15,09 0,142
M 56 62 116 62 56 10 180 19,33 1100 100 210 15,27 0,193 1100 20,71 0,193
M 64 70 128 70 64 10 195 25,25 1300 100 250 21,09 0,253 1300 27,31 0,253
M 72x6 78 142 80 72 10 225 31,96 1400 100 290 27,81 0,32 1400 34,87 0,32
M 80x6 87 154 90 80 15 240 39,46 - - - - - 1600 43,36 0,395
M 90x6 97 170 100 90 15 270 49,94 - - - - - 1800 55,33 0,499
M100x6 107 185 110 100 15 300 61,65 - - - - - 2000 69,07 0,617
M110x6 118 205 120 110 15 330 74,60 - - - - - 2200 84,52 0,746
M125x6 133 230 135 125 15 375 96,33 - - - - - 2500 111,2 0,963
M140x6 148 255 150 140 15 420 120,84 - - - - - 2800 141,2 1,208
M160x6 168 290 170 160 15 480 157,70 - - - - - 3200 189,1 1,578
The graphical symbols shall always be drawn with axes of coordinates (see Figs. 1 and 2).
The dimensioning of the axes of coordinates determines the positions of the stone bolts or T-head bolts with anchor plates.
The graphical symbols for T-head bolts with double anchor plates shall be shown with T-head bolt clearance (k) stated in
accordance with SN 227-2 (see Figs. 1 and 2). The graphical symbols themselves need not be shown true to scale.

Page 2
NH Section 5.2 : 2008-01
Projection Rectangular washer Washer Nut Anchor plate Shuttering sleeve Graphical
length up to M64: bolt
SN 220 SN 808 DIN EN ISO SN 227–1 DIN EN 10296-1 symbol 1)
4032
over M64: [Double anchor plate

DIN 934 3) SN 227-2]
Graphical symbol with

T-head bolt, e.g. for M30:
Single: For thread

v + 10 2) size
Double:
0
di Also
as for washer SN
Weight in
Weight in
Weight in
Weight in
Weight in
SN 808 220
kg/unit
kg/unit
kg/unit
kg/unit
kg/m
SN 808 SN 220 a b s di da s m b1 a t1 da di s d1
25 - - - - - 10,5 20 2,5 0,005 8,4 0,012 - - - - - - - - M 10

30 - - - - - 13 24 3 0,008 10,8 0,017 - - - - - - - - M 12
35 - - - - - 17 30 4 0,015 14,8 0,033 - - - - - - - - M 16
40 - - - - - 21 35 4,5 0,026 18 0,064 - - - - - - - - M 20
50 60 50 80 10 0,28 25 45 5 0,04 21,5 0,11 180 20 75 7,5 114,3 109,1 2,6 7,16 M 24
60 75 60 90 15 0,55 31 55 6 0,08 25,6 0,223 210 25 90 11,5 114,3 109,1 2,6 7,16 M 30
80 90 70 100 20 0,94 37 65 7 0,129 31 0,393 240 30 110 17 139,7 134,5 2,6 8,79 M 36
90 105 80 115 25 1,49 43 75 8 0,209 34 0,652 270 30 120 22 139,7 134,5 2,6 8,79 M 42
100 120 90 130 30 2,28 50 90 10 0,368 38 0,977 300 35 140 30 168,3 162,5 2,9 11,8 M 48
120 135 100 145 30 2,83 58 100 11 0,52 45 1,42 330 35 150 36 168,3 162,5 2,9 11,8 M 56
130 155 110 160 35 3,93 66 110 11 0,601 51 1,98 370 40 175 50 193,7 187,9 2,9 13,6 M 64
150 170 120 180 35 4,79 74 120 12 0,751 58 2,67 410 40 190 62,5 219,1 212,7 3,2 17 M 72x6
160 190 130 200 40 6,52 82 140 14 1,111 64 3,44 450 40 205 74,5 219,1 212,7 3,2 17 M 80x6
180 220 145 220 50 9,9 93 160 16 1,672 72 4,93 500 50 235 108,5 244,5 238,1 3,2 19 M 90x6
200 240 160 240 50 11,8 104 175 16 1,954 80 6,82 550 50 255 129 273 266,6 3,2 21,3 M100x6
220 265 180 260 60 17,3 114 185 16 2,094 88 8,2 600 60 285 182 323,9 317,5 3,2 25,3 M110x6
250 305 205 290 70 25,5 129 220 22 4,308 100 13 660 60 315 220 323,9 317,5 3,2 25,3 M125x6
280 340 230 320 80 36,1 144 240 22 4,995 112 17,5 750 80 355 366 355,6 349,2 3,2 27,8 M140x6
310 385 260 350 100 54,9 164 270 22 6,24 128 26,5 850 80 365 466 406,4 399,2 3,6 35,8 M160x6
1)
The graphical symbols for bolts are standardised in DIN 24536 up to size M100 x 6. For
M110 x 6 and above, the symbols have been specifically defined for SMS Demag purposes.
2)
v-dimensions are based on washer thicknesses as in SN 220 or SN 808 + 1 x nut height as
in ISO 4032/DIN 934 + 1 x d 1 for the application of hydraulic pretensioning units as in Part 4
of this Standards Book (NH).
For adhesive bolts, see SN 705. Fig. 1 Fig. 2
For stud anchors, see SN 854.
For anchor plates used with threaded bolts, see SN 225-1 and -2.
Page 3
NH Section 5.2 : 2008-01
Graphical bolt Shuttering sleeve seals for T- Shuttering sleeve seal for Seals for rectangular shuttering
symbol 1) head bolts threaded bolt sleeves
DIN 24536 SN 207-1 SN 207-2 SN 207-3

H
hu
T-head bolt
Graphical symbol for bolt: examples for M30
H (uncompressed)
H (uncompressed)
Ba
Bi
hu
hu
Threaded bolt Ød Li
ØD La
ØD
H
H
H (uncom-
For thread (uncompressed)
(uncompressed) pressed)
size for a grout height
for a grout height of Nominal for a grout
of
height of
dimension
Nom. Nom.
d1 dia. dia.
hU ≈ hU ≈ hU ≈ hU ≈ hU ≈
50 mm 80 mm 50 mm 80 mm Li x Bi 80 mm
d ØD d ØD La x Ba
M 10 - - - - - - - - - - -
M 12 - - - - - - - - - - -
M 16 - - - - - - - - - - -
M 20 - - - - - - - - - - -
M 24 60 160 30 130 - - -
M 30 60 160 30 130 - - -
M 36 80 180 60 160 - - -
M 42 80 180 60 160 - - -
M 48 110 210 60 160 - - -
M 56 110 210 80 180 - - -
M 64 130 230 80 180 - - -
M 72x6 160 260 100 150 80 180 100 150 - - -
M 80x6 160 260 80 180 200 x 100 300 x 200
M 90x6 210 300 110 210 200 x 100 300 x 200
M100x6 230 320 110 210 200 x 100 300 x 200 150
M110x6 260 370 130 230 210 x 130 310 x 230
M125x6 260 370 130 230 210 x 130 310 x 230
M140x6 300 400 160 260 - - -
M160x6 370 460 160 260 - - -

January 2008
Design instructions on fasteners NH

Load ring threads WBG-V/WBG Section 5.3
Safety instructions
It is in the responsibility of the designer to clearly mark the holes in the drawings or on the component itself to avoid inadver-
tent use or misapplication of eye bolts in the threads intended for load rings. The inadvertent use of eye bolts in threads in-
tended for load rings will inevitably lead to overloading of the eye bolts and to endangering of persons.
Flatness of the screw-on surface shall be ensured. Counterbore of tap hole = nominal thread diameter + 4 mm. The threaded
connection of the component to be handled shall be suitable for the introduction of force (minimum grade 1.0037 S235JR). As
the load rings are provided with ball bearings, tightening with the open-ended spanner according to DIN 895 or DIN 894 with-
out extension piece is sufficient.
WBG-V/WBG are not suitable for permanent rotary movements under full load.
It is absolutely necessary to comply with the installation and operating instructions of RUD Company.
Fig. 1 Load ring WBG-V
Direction of loading
Nominal WLL – Manually adjusted – Vertical loading - see

WLL: working load limit non-specific loading higher WLL, values page 2, max. handling
Table 1 direction. in ( ). weight.
Nominal WLL
A B C D E F Fvario** G M Tighten- Weight
t
Designation SW ing standard
Fig. 1 Fig. 1
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm torque in kg
X Y
WBG-V 0,3-M8 0,3 (0,4) 8 33 29 30 76 13 8-102 36 8 28 0,25
WBG-V 0,45-M10 0,45 (0,6) 8 33 29 36 78 17 10-122 38 10 30 0,3

open-ended spanner
Hand-tightened with
WBG-V 0,6-M12 0,6 (0,75) 10 51 35 42 105 21 12-140 45 12 36 0,5
WBG-V 1,3-M16 1,3 (1,5) 13 47 38 48 112 25 16-180 54 16 41 0,6
WBG-V 2,0-M20 2,0 (2,5) 13 56 35 64 135 33 20-223 65 20 55 1,4
WBG-V 3,5-M24 3,5 (4,0) 18 68 40 81 172 40 24-255 87 24 70 2,7
WBG-V 5,0-M30 5,0 (6,0) 22 93 50 99 220 50 30-330 105 30 85 5,5
*Important! Load rings WBG-V are used in various directions of loading and the suspension link may take any posi-
tion that is possible. Nominal working load limit (WLL) indicates the most unfavourable value that is possible (see
Fig. 1 X). When the suspension link is manually adjusted (see Fig. 1 Y), the higher values shown in ( ) are applicable.
** The value Fvario indicates the available thread length.
Page 2
NH Section 5.3 : 2008-01
For heavy loads which are turned and overturned.
• With ball bearing; rotatable through 360° at max. load.

• Load-capable on all sides at 4-fold safety without restriction.
• Suspension link made in accordance with EN 1677-4 grade 80 (100% crack-tested and test-loaded)
• S = maximum clearance, see operating instructions.
Table 2 Max. handling weight in t
WBG-V load ring

thread Vario
Thread sizes
M 8-M 30
WBG-V-0,45 t
WBG –V-0,6 t
WBG –V-1,3 t
WBG -V-3,5 t
WBG-V-0,3 t
WBG –V-2 t
Number of strands
WBG-V-5 t
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
1 0° 0,6 0,9 1,2 2,6 4 7 10
2 0° 1,2 1,8 2,4 5,2 8 14 20
0,3 0,45 0,6 1,3 2 3,5 5

1 90°
(0,4) (0,6) (0,75) (1,5) (2,5) (4) (6)
0,6 0,9 1,2 2,6 4 7 10

2 90°
(0,8) (1,2) (1,5) (3) (5) (8) (12)
0,42 0,63 0,84 1,82 2,8 4,9 7

2 0-45°
(0,56) (0,84) (1,05) (2,1) (3,5) (5,6) (8,4)
0,3 0,45 0,6 1,3 2 3,5 5
2 45-60
(0,4) (0,6) (0,75) (1,5) (2,5) (4) (6)
Asym- 0,3 0,45 0,6 1,3 2 3,5 5

2
metrical (0,4) (0,6) (0,75) (1,5) (2,5) (4) (6)
0,63 0,95 1,26 2,73 4,2 7,35 10,5

3 and 4 0-45°
(0,84) (1,26) (1,58) (3,15) (5,25) (8,4) (12,6)
0,45 0,68 0,9 1,95 3 5,25 7,5
3 and 4 45-60°
(0,6) (0,9) (1,12) (2,25) (3,75) (6) (9)
Asym- 0,3 0,45 0,6 1,3 2 3,5 5

3 and 4
metrical (0,4) (0,6) (0,75) (1,5) (2,5) (4) (6)
Tightening torque Hand-tightened with open-ended spanner

of screw Nm Values in ( ) apply for suspension link position optimised in direction of pull.
Page 3
NH Section 5.3 : 2008-01
Fig. 2 Load ring WBG
Nominal WLL – Manually adjusted –

non-specific loading higher WLL, values
direction. in ( ) Vertical loading - see
page 4, max. handling
WLL: working load limit weight.
Table 3
Nom. WLL
Tighten-
t
Designation A B C D E F G M ing Weight
SW
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm torque in kg
Fig. 2 Fig. 2
X Y
∅
WBG 8-M36 8 (10) 22 87 50 90 210 54 96 36 80 4,8
WBG 10-M42 10 (12,5) 26 112 65 98 240 63 100 42 85 6,1
WBG 10-M48 10 (12,5) 26 112 65 98 240 68 100 48 85 open-ended spanner 6,2

Hand-tightened with
WBG 15-M56 15 (18) 32 120 70 120 300 84 130 56 95 9,7
WBG 15-M64 15 (18) 32 120 70 120 300 96 130 64 95 9,9
WBG 25-M72x6 25 (30) 40 125 80 160 332 108 163 72 130 27
WBG 30-M80x6 30 (35) 40 125 80 170 332 120 163 80 130 28,7
WBG 35-M90x6 35 (40) 40 125 80 170 332 135 165 90 130 29,2
*Important! Load rings WBG-V are used in various directions of loading and the suspension link may take any position
that is possible. Nominal load capacity indicates the most unfavourable value that is possible (see Fig. 2 X).
When the suspension link is manually adjusted (see Fig. 2 Y), the higher values shown in ( ) apply.
Page 4
NH Section 5.3 : 2008-01
Table 4 Max. handling weight in t
WBG load ring thread
Thread sizes
M36-M90x6
WBG 10t
WBG 10t
WBG 15t
WBG 15t
WBG 25t
WBG 30t
WBG 35t
WBG 8t
Number of strands
M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72x6 M80x6 M90x6
1 0° 12,5 16 16 25 25 35 35 35
2 0° 25 32 32 50 50 70 70 70
8 10 10 15 15 25 30
1 90° 35
(10) (12,5) (12,5) (18) (18) (30) (35)
16 20 20 30 30 50 60 70
2 90°
(20) (25) (25) (36) (36) (60) (70) (80)
11,2 14 14 21 21 35 42 49
2 0-45°
(14) (17,5) (17,5) (25,6) (25,6) (42) (49) (56)
8 10 10 15 15 25 30 35
2 45-60
(10) (12,5) (12,5) (18) (18) (30) (35) (40)
asymmet- 8 10 10 15 15 25 30 35
2
rical (10) (12,5) (12,5) (18) (18) (30) (35) (40)
16,8 21 21 31,5 31,5 52,5 63 73,5

3 and 4 0-45°
(21) (26,2) (26,2) (38) (38) (63) (73,5) (84)
12 15 15 22,5 22,5 37,5 45 52,5
3 and 4 45-60°
(15) (18,8) (18,8) (27) (27) (45) (52,5) (60)
asymmet- 8 10 10 15 15 25 30 35
3 and 4
rical (10) (12,5) (12,5) (18) (18) (30) (25) (40)
Tightening torque Hand-tightened with open-ended spanner

Values in ( ) apply for suspension link position optimised in direction of pull.
of screw Nm
January 2008
Mechanical fasteners NH
Selection Part 6

d M 4 M 5 M 6 M 8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
Hexagon head bolt 1) 14 16 18 22 26 30 38 46 54 66 - - - - -
b 2) 20 22 24 28 32 36 44 52 60 72 84 96 108 - -
DIN EN ISO 4014 3) 33 35 37 41 45 49 57 65 73 85 97 109 121 137 153
da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63 71
emin. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 33,53 39,98 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
k 2,8 3,5 4 5,3 6,4 7,5 10 12,5 15 18,7 22,5 26 30 35 40
s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75 85 95
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm³) in kg per 1000 pieces
25 3,12 4,86
30 3,61 5,64 8,06
35 4,04 6,42 9,13
40 4,53 7,2 10,2 20,3
45 7,98 11,3 22,2 38
For lengths above the stepped line:
50 8,76 12,3 24,2 41,1 58,1
ISO 4017
55 13,4 25,8 43,8 62,6
60 14,4 27,8 46,9 67
65 29,8 50 70,3 131
70 31,8 53,1 74,7 139
80 35,7 59,3 83,6 155 255
90 65,5 92,4 171 279 428
100 71,7 101 186 303 464

110 109 202 327 500 823
120 118 218 351 535 880
130 230 374 560 920
140 246 398 595 975 1470
150 262 422 630 1030 1550
160 278 446 665 1085 1630 2310
180 494 735 1200 1790 2520 3440
Ordering example: 200 544 805 1310 1950 2740 3720
ISO 4014 – M 20 x 80 – 8.8 220 870 1420 2110 2960 4010 5660
240 935 1530 2270 3180 4290 6030
260 1640 2430 3400 4570 6410 8600
Note: 280 1750 2590 3520 4850 6800 9100
For thread diameters over M64, 300 1)
For lengths l ≤ 125 mm 1860 2750 3640 5130 7190 9600
SMS Demag still uses the withdrawn 320 2)
For lengths 125 mm < l ≤ 200 mm 2910 3860 5410 7580 10100
standard DIN 931-2. 340 3)
For lengths l > 200 mm 3070 4080 5690 7970 10600
360 3230 4300 5970 8350 11100
d M 72 x 6 M 80 x 6 M 90 x 6 M 100 x 6 M 110 x 6 M 125 x 6 M 140 x 6 M 160 x 6
Hexagon head bolt 2) 156 172 192 - - - - -
b 3) 169 185 205 225 245 275 305 345
DIN 931-2
da max. 79 87 97 107 117 132 147 167
emin. 116,16 127,46 144,08 161,02 172,32 200,57 220,8 254,7
k 45 50 57 63 69 79 88 100
s 105 115 130 145 155 180 200 230
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm³) in kg per piece
200 9,36
220 9,9 12,6
240 10,5 13,3 17,6
260 11,1 14,1 18,5 24,2
280 11,7 14,9 19,5 25,3 31
300 12,4 15,6 20,5 26,5 32,5
320 13 16,4 21,5 27,7 34 45,8
340 13,7 17,2 22,5 28,9 35,4 47,7 61,7
360 14,3 18 23,5 30,1 36,8 49,6 64
Ordering example: 380 15 18,8 24,5 31,3 38,2 51,5 66,4 92,1
DIN 931 – M 80 x 6 x 300 – 8.8 400 15,6 19,6 25,5 32,5 39,6 53,5 68,8 95,3
420 20,4 26,5 33,8 41 55,4 71,2 98,4
440 21,2 27,5 35 42,5 57,3 73,6 101,5
Note: 460 22 28,5 36,2 44 59,2 76 104,7
DIN EN ISO 4014 shall be used 480 29,5 37,4 45,5 61,1 78,4 107,9
up to M 64. 500 30,5 38,6 47 63 80,8 111,1
2) For lengths 125 mm < l ≤ 200 mm
3) For lengths l > 200 mm
Page 2
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
Hexagon head screw amax. 2,1 2,4 3 4 4,5 5,3 6 7,5 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 16,5 18
with coarse-pitch thread
da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63 71
DIN EN ISO 4017 emin. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 33,53 39,98 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
k 2,8 3,5 4 5,3 6,4 7,5 10 12,5 15 18,7 22,5 26 30 35 40
s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75 85 95
12 1,8 2,87 4,42
16 2,1 3,37 5,11 11,1
20 2,41 3,87 5,8 12,3 21,2
25 2,8 4,49 6,65 13,9 23,7 34,1
30 3,19 5,11 7,51 15,5 26,2 37,7 76,9
35 3,75 5,73 8,37 17,1 28,7 41,3 83,5
40 3,96 6,35 9,23 18,7 31,2 44,9 90,2 155
45 6,99 10,1 20,3 33,7 48,5 97,1 165
50 7,59 11 21,8 36,2 52 103 176 274
55 11,9 23,4 38,7 55,6 110 186 289
60 12,7 25 41,3 58,2 117 196 304 543
65 26,6 43,8 62,8 123 207 319 566
70 28,2 46,3 66,4 130 217 334 590 910
80 31,4 51,3 73,6 144 238 363 637 990 1460
90 56,3 80,8 157 258 393 685 1060 1550
Ordering example: 100 61,3 88 170 279 423 732 1140 1650 2320
ISO 4017 – M12 x 30 – 8.8
110 95,2 184 300 453 779 1200 1740 2450 3410
120 102 197 320 483 827 1260 1840 2570 3580 4900
Note: 130 210 340 513 874 1330 1930 2690 3750 5120
Use hexagon head screws For lengths below the stepped line
140 224 361 543 921 1400 2020 2820 3920 5340
with metric fine pitch thread refer to ISO 4014.
according to DIN EN ISO 8676. 150 237 381 572 969 1470 2120 2940 4080 5560
160 (SMS Demag stipulation) 1010 1540 2210 3060 4250 5780
180 1110 1680 2400 3310 4590 6230
200 1210 1810 2590 3560 4920 6670
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Hexagon socket countersunk P 0,7 0,8 1 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,5
head screws b 20 22 24 28 32 36 44 52
dk max. 8,96 11,2 13,44 17,92 22,4 26,88 33,6 40,32
DIN EN ISO 10642 kmax. 2,48 3,1 3,72 4,96 6,2 7,44 8,8 10,16
lg max. *) 4,58 5,5 6,72 8,71 10,7 12,69 14,8 17,66
s 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
a 90° bis 92°
8 0,92 1,6 2,35
10 1,07 1,85 2,7 5,47
12 1,23 2,1 3,05 6,1 10,1
16 1,53 2,59 3,76 7,35 12,1
20 1,84 3,09 4,46 8,6 14,1 21,2
25 2,23 3,71 5,34 10,2 16,6 24,8
30 2,9 4,33 6,22 11,7 19,1 28,5 51,8
35 3,4 5,43 7,1 13,3 21,6 32,1 58,4 91,4
40 3,9 6,2 8,83 14,8 24,1 35,7 65,1 102
The following applies to screws over -- 45 7 9,9 17,3 27,1 39,3 71,7 112
--: 50 7,74 11 19,9 30,1 43 78,4 123
b = l – lg max. 55 12,1 22,3 32,9 48,5 85 133
60 13,2 24,8 35,7 54 91,7 143
The following applies to screws below 65 27,3 38,5 59,5 98,4 153
-- - - : 70 29,8 41,2 62,9 111 164
lg max. = l – b
80 32,3 44 67,4 127 200
90 46,8 71,9 143 226
100 49,6 76,4 159 253
Ordering example: *) Lengths shown above the dashed stepped line have threads up to the screw head within a distance of 3P.
ISO 10642 – M 12 x 40 – 8.8 This leads to the equation lg max. = kmax. + 3P
Page 3
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48

1) 14,5 17,5 20,5 25 28,5 - - - - -
Hexagon fitting bolt b 2) 16,5 19,5 22,5 27 30,5 36,5 43 49 56 63
with long threaded portion
3) 21,5 24,5 27,5 32 35,5 41,5 48 54 61 68
DIN 609 ds k6 9 11 13 17 21 25 32 38 44 50
emin. 14,38 17,77 19,85 26,17 32,95 39,55 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6
k 5,3 6,4 7,5 10 12,5 15 19 22 26 30
smax. 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75
l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
35 22 35,5 48,6
40 24,5 39,2 53,8 104
45 27 42,9 59 112 195
50 29,5 46,7 64,2 121 203
55 32 49,9 68,7 130 215 310
60 34,5 53,6 73,9 139 229 339
65 37 57,4 79,2 148 242 358 630
70 39,5 61,1 84,4 157 256 378 661 1020
75 42 64,8 89,6 166 269 397 693 1070
80 44,5 68,6 94,8 175 283 416 724 1110 1600
90 76 105 193 310 455 787 1200 1720 2410
100 83,5 115 211 338 493 850 1290 1840 2570
110 126 228 365 532 914 1380 1960 2720
120 136 246 392 570 977 1470 2080 2870
130 264 419 609 1050 1560 2200 3020
140 282 446 647 1110 1650 2320 3180
150 300 474 686 1170 1740 2440 3330
160 1230 1810 2540 3470
170 1) For lengths l ≤ 50 mm 1290 1900 2660 3630
Ordering example: 180 2) For lengths 50 mm < l ≤ 150 mm 1350 1990 2780 3780
DIN 609 – M 12 x 50 – 8.8 190 3) For lengths l > 150 mm 1420 2080 2900 3940
200 1480 2170 3020 4090
d M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56
Hexagon head screw a1 max. 3 3,75 4,5 5,25 6 7,5 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 16,5
with full dog point and da max. 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63
small hexagon
dp 4 5,5 7 8,5 12 15 18 23 28 32 38 45
DIN 561 emin. 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 19,92 26,75 33,53 39,98 51,28 61,31 72,61 83,91
k 5 6 7 9 11 14 17 21 25 30 34 40
smax. 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75
z2 min. 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 18 21 24 28
12 4,26
16 4,95 8,66
20 5,65 9,94 17
25 6,53 11,4 19,5 34,1
30 7,38 13 22 37,7 62,6
35 14,6 24,4 41,2 69,1
40 16,1 26,9 44,8 75,7 132
45 29,4 48,4 82,3 143 233
50 31,9 52 88,9 154 249
60 59,2 102 176 281 446
70 66,4 115 198 313 493
80 128 220 345 540 876 1320
90 142 242 377 587 944 1410 2040
100 264 409 634 1010 1510 2160 3120
120 473 727 1150 1700 2410 3450
140 821 1280 1890 2660 3780
160 914 1420 2080 2910 4110
Material property class according to 180 1560 2270 3160 4440
DIN EN ISO 898-1 200 1690 2460 3410 4770
220 2650 3660 5100
Ordering example: 240 2840 3910 5430
DIN 561 - M 16 x 70 - 14H 260 3030 4160 5760
280 4410 6090
300 4660 6420
Page 4
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
Hexagon socket head cap screw b 20 22 24 28 32 36 44 52 60 72 84 96 108 124 140
with coarse pitch thread da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4 33,4 39,4 45,6 52,6 63 71
dk max. 7 8,5 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 45 54 63 72 84 96
DIN EN ISO 4762 k max. 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 30 36 42 48 56 64
lg max. *) 2,1 2,4 3 3,75 4,5 5,25 6 7,5 9 10,5 12 13,5 15 16,5 18
s 3 4 5 6 8 10 14 17 19 22 27 32 36 41 46
12 1,95 2,95 5,07 10,9
16 2,25 3,45 5,75 12,1 20,9
20 2,65 4,01 6,53 13,4 22,9 32,1
25 3,15 4,78 7,59 15 25,4 35,7 71,3
30 3,65 5,55 8,3 16,9 27,9 39,3 77,8 128
35 4,15 6,32 9,91 18,9 30,4 42,9 84,4 139
40 4,65 7,09 11 20,9 32,9 46,5 91 150 270
45 7,86 12,1 22,9 36,1 50,1 97,6 161 285 500
50 8,63 13,2 24,9 39,3 54,5 106 172 300 527
55 14,3 26,9 42,5 58,9 114 183 316 554 870
60 15,4 28,9 45,7 63,4 122 194 330 581 910 1370
65 31 48,9 67,8 130 205 345 608 950 1420
70 33 52,1 71,3 138 216 363 635 990 1470 2040
The following applies to screws
80 37 58,5 80,2 154 241 399 690 1070 1580 2180 3340
over - - - :
b = l – lg max. 90 64,9 89,1 170 266 435 745 1150 1680 2320 3530 5220
100 71,2 98 186 291 471 800 1230 1790 2460 3720 5470
The following applies to screws 110 107 202 316 507 855 1310 1890 2600 3920 5730
below - - - : 120 116 218 341 543 910 1390 2000 2740 4110 5980
lg max. = l – b 130 234 366 579 965 1470 2100 2880 4300 6230
140 250 391 615 1020 1550 2210 3020 4490 6490
150 266 416 651 1080 1630 2320 3160 4680 6740
Ordering example: 160 282 441 687 1130 1710 2420 3300 4880 6900
ISO 4762 – M 12 x 50 - 8.8
180 491 759 1240 1870 2640 3590 5270 7250
200 541 831 1350 2030 2860 3870 5650 7750
Note: 220 903 1460 2190 3080 4150 6040 8250
For thread diameters over M64, 240 975 1570 2250 3300 4430 6420 8750
SMS Demag still uses the withdrawn 260 1680 2410 3520 4710 6810 9260
standard DIN 912. 280 1790 2570 3740 4990 7200 9760
300 1900 2730 3960 5270 7580 10300
*) Lengths shown above the dashed stepped line in bolt type have threads reaching to the screw head within a
distance of 3P. This leads to the equation lg max. = 3P
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Hexagon socket head cap screw b 2) 14 16 18 22 26 30 38 46 54
with low head dk 7 8,5 10 13 16 18 24 30 36
da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2 13,7 17,7 22,4 26,4
DIN 7984
k 2,8 3,5 4 5 6 7 9 11 13
lg max. 2,1 2,4 3 3,75 4,5 5,25 6 7,5 9
s 2,5 3 4 5 7 8 12 14 17
6 0,96
8 1,12 2,26
10 1,28 2,5 3,59
12 1,44 2,74 3,94 8,05
16 1,76 3,22 4,64 9,25 14,4
20 2,15 3,77 5,34 10,5 16,4 24,1
25 2,64 4,54 6,45 12 19 27,7
30 5,31 7,56 14 21,6 31,3 62,1
The following applies to screws above
---: 35 8,67 16 24,7 34,9 68,8
lg max. = 3 P 40 9,78 18 27,8 39,3 75,5 130
45 20 30,9 43,7 82,2 140
The following applies to screws below 50 22 34 48,1 89,6 150 223
---: 60 26 40,2 56,9 104 172 253
lg max. = l – b 70 46,4 65,8 119 197 288
80 74,7 134 222 324
Ordering example: 2) For lengths l ≤ 125 mm
DIN 7984 – M 12 x 60 - 8.8 90 247 359
100 272 395
Page 5
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d R 1/8 R 1/4 R 3/8 R 1/2 R 3/4 R1 R 1 1/4 R 1 1/2

Hexagon socket pipe plug with
conical thread b 8 10 12 18 20
DIN 906
s 5 7 8 10 12 17 22 24
tmin. 4 5 6 11,5
SMS Demag manufacturing note:
s
When plug screws with tapered threads, e.g. R ½, are required to be flush with the surface after insertion in a
d
cylindrical hole, e.g. G ½ or Rp ½, the first turns of the female thread shall be removed.
d G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2
t Counterbore
2 3 4 5 6
b depth
If possible, this counterbore depth shall be indicated in the drawing and taken into account during assembly.
Ordering example: Weight
DIN 906 – R 1/2 – St 3,38 7 12,2 19 40,2 57,5 135 214
kg/1000 pcs
Plug screw with d G 1/8 A G 1/4 A G 3/8 A G 1/2 A G 3/4 A G1A G 1 1/4A G 1 1/2A G2A
hexagon socket,
parallel-thread type
SN 869 b 8 10 12 18 20 22
s 5 7 8 10 12 17 22 24 32
tmin. 4 5 6 11,5 13
To be used only for closing holes which are not pressurised.

3,38 7 12,2 19 40 57,5 135 214 350
SN 869 – G1A – St kg/1000 pcs
d1 DIN 908 SN 595

Plug screw with collar, Inch sizes G1/8A G1/4A G3/8A G1/2A G3/4A G1A G1 1/4A G1 1/2A G2A G2 1/2A G3A
hexagon socket and
parallel thread c + 0,5 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 5 8 8
(metric and inch threads) d2 h14 14 18 22 26 32 39 49 55 68 84 100
i ±0,2 8 12 12 14 16 16 16 16 20 26 26
up to G 2 A or M64 l ≈ 11 15 15 18 20 21 21 21 25 34 34
DIN 908
s D12 5 6 8 10 12 17 22 24 32 30 30
over G 2 A tmin. 5 7 7,5 7,5 9 9 10,5 10,5 14 20 20
SN 595 Weight
6,34 14,6 21,4 40,8 73,5 111 187 246 445 1110 1530
kg/1000 pcs
Pertaining sealing rings of type A as in DIN 7603 Material: Cu
inside dia. 10 14 17 21 27 33 42 48 60 75 90
x x x x x x x x x x x x
Outside dia. 13,5 18 21 26 32 39 49 55 68 84 100
d1 M10x1 M12x1,5 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M24x1,5 M30x1,5 M36x1,5 M42x1,5 M48x1,5 - -
Metric - - - - - M30x2 M36x2 M42x2 M48x2 M56x2 M64x2
c + 0,5 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5
d2 h14 14 17 21 25 29 36 42 49 55 64 72
i ±0,2 8 12 12 14 14 16 16 16 16 20 20
l ≈ 11 15 15 18 18 20 21 21 21 25 25
s D12 5 6 8 10 12 17 19 22 24 32 32
tmin. 5 7 7,5 7,5 7,5 9 10,5 10,5 10,5 14 14
Weight
6,34 11,3 19 37,5 53,5 84 134 187 246 386 530
Ordering examples: kg/1000 pcs
DIN 908 – G 1 A – St, Pertaining sealing rings of type A as in DIN 7603 Material: Cu
DIN 908 – M30 x 2 – St inside dia. 10 12 17 21 25 32 38 44 50 58 65
SN 595 – G 3 A – St x x x x x x x x x x x x
Outside dia. 13,5 16 21 26 30 38 44 51 57 66 74
Page 6
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
PN Weight
Designation d1 d2 i l s
MPa kg/1000 pcs.
VSTI 1/8-ED G 1/8 A 14 8 12 5 8
Plug screw
VSTI 1/4-ED G 1/4 A 19 6 20
SN 870 12 17
VSTI 3/8-ED G 3/8 A 22 8 25
40
VSTI 1/2-ED G 1/2 A 27 14 19 10 51
VSTI 3/4-ED G 3/4 A 32 21 12 79
16
VSTI 1 -ED G1 A 40 22,5 17 130
VSTI 1 1/4-ED G 1 1/4 A 50 22 198
31,5 16 22,5
VSTI 1 1/2-ED G 1 1/2 A 55 24 263
25 VSTI 2 -ED G2 A 72 24 34,3 32 300
VSTI 10x1 -ED M 10 x 1 14 8 12 5 8

VSTI 12x1,5-ED M 12 x 1,5 17 14
6
VSTI 14x1,5-ED M 14 x 1,5 19 20
VSTI 16x1,5-ED M 16 x 1,5 22 12 17 25
40 VSTI 18x1,5-ED M 18 x 1,5 24 8 32
VSTI 22x1,5-ED M 22 x 1,5 27 51
Ordering example: VSTI 26x1,5-ED M 26 x 1,5 78
32 21 12
SN 870 – VSTI 1 – ED - St VSTI 27x2 -ED M 27 x 2 16 79
VSTI 33x2 -ED M 33 x 2 40 22,5 17 130
VSTI 42x2 -ED M 42 x 2 50 22 198
31,5 16 22,5
VSTI 48x2 -ED M 48 x 2 55 24 263
Prevailing-torque type d M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M 30 M36

hexagon nut
DIN EN ISO 7042 emin. 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95 39,55 50,85 60,79
hmax. 5,1 6 8 10 12 16,4 20,3 23,9 30 36
smax. 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55
Weight
Ordering example: 1,23 2,5 5,2 11,6 17,3 33,3 64,4 110 223 393
kg / 1000 pcs.
ISO 7042 – M 30 – 8
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Hexagon slotted and castle nuts with de max. - - - - - 16 22 28 34 42
metric coarse and fine-pitch threads
emin. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95 39,55 50,85
DIN 935-1 m 5 6 7,5 9,5 12 15 19 22 27 33
nmin. 1,2 1,4 2 2,5 2,8 3,5 4,5 4,5 5,5 7
s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30 36 46
wmax. 3,2 4 5 6,5 8 10 13 16 19 24
Weight
1,12 2,3 3,16 7,35 15,8 20 38,9 75,2 131 264
kg / 1000 pcs.
Pertain. split pin
1 x 10 1,2 x 12 1,6 x 14 2 x 16 2,5 x 20 3,2 x 22 4 x 28 4 x 36 5 x 40 6,3 x 50
ISO 1234
d M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72x6 M80x6 M90x6 M100x6
de max. 50 58 65 75 85 95 105 120 130
emin. 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86 116,16 127,46 144,08 161,02
m 38 46 50 57 66 73 79 92 100
nmin. 7 9 9 9 11 11 11 14 14
s 55 65 75 85 95 105 115 130 145
wmax. 29 34 38 45 51 58 64 72 80
Ordering example:
DIN 935 – M 30 – 8 Weight
447 710 1060 1500 2150 2900 3700 5450 7600
kg / 1000 pcs.
Pertain. split pin
6,3 x 63 8 x 71 8 x 80 8 x 100 10 x 100 10 x 112 10 x 140 13 x 140 13 x 160
ISO 1234
Page 7
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
ISO 4032 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Hexagon nut with d
ISO 8673 - - - M8 x 1 M10 x 1 M12 x 1,5 M16 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5
coarse-pitch thread
emin. 7,66 8,79 11,05 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95
DIN EN ISO 4032
m 3,2 4,7 5,2 6,8 8,4 10,8 14,8 18
or
Hexagon nut s 7 8 10 13 16 18 24 30
with fine-pitch thread Weight
DIN EN ISO 8673 0,81 1,23 2,5 5,2 11,6 17,3 33,3 64,4
kg / 1000 pcs.
ISO 4032 24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64
d
Use DIN 934 1) for sizes

ISO 8673 M24 x 2 M30 x 2 M36 x 3 M42 x 3 M48 x 3 M56 x 4 M64 x 4
above M 64.
emin. 39,55 50,85 60,79 71,3 82,6 93,56 104,86
m 21,5 25,6 31 34 38 45 51
s 36 46 55 65 75 85 95
Ordering examples:
ISO 4032 – M 30 – 8 or Weight
110 223 393 652 977 1420 1980
ISO 8673 – M 30 x 2 – 8 kg / 1000 pcs.
Hexagon nut d M 72 x 6 M 80 x 6 M 90 x 6 M100 x 6 M110 x 6 M125 x 6 M140 x 6

Use ISO 4032 for sizes up to
DIN 934 (coarse-pitch thread)

1)
emin. 116,16 127,46 144,08 161,02 172,32 200,58 220,8

M64.
m 58 64 72 80 88 100 112
s 105 115 130 145 155 180 200

2670 3440 4930 6820 8200 13000 17500
DIN 934 1) – M 90 x 6 – 8 kg / 1000 pcs.
Wing nut d1 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

with rounded wing
DIN 315 d2 max. 8 11 13 16 20 23 29 35 44
mmax. 4,6 6,5 8 10 12 14 17 21 25
emax. 20 26 33 39 51 65 73 90 110
hmax. 10,5 13 17 20 25 33,5 37,5 46,5 56,5

DIN 315 – M 10 – St 2 4 8 17 35 60 90 180 260
kg / 1000 pcs.
Hexagon cap nut, d M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M 36 M 42 M 48

low type, with
coarse-pitch thread (series 1) tmin. 9,21 10,65 13,15 16,65 20,58 23,58 27,58 35,5 41,5 47,5
DIN 917
g2 max. *) - - 6,4 7,3 9,3 10,7 12,7 14 16 18,5
hmax. 12 14 16 20 25 30 34 44 52 58
smax. 13 16 18 24 30 36 46 55 65 75
emin. 14,38 17,77 20,03 26,75 32,95 39,55 50,85 60,79 72,02 82,60
Weight
9,5 19,3 25,5 48,1 94,1 165 310 577 958 1410
kg / 1000 pcs.
Ordering example:
DIN 917 – M 30 – 8
*) > M10 thread undercut g2 max. (type D, short) as in DIN 76-1
1) For thread diameters over M64, SMS Demag still uses the withdrawn standard DIN 934.
Page 8
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10
Slotted cheese head screw
amax. 1,4 1,6 2 2,5 3
DIN EN ISO 1207 da max. 4,7 5,7 6,8 9,2 11,2
dk max. 7 8,5 10 13 16
kmax. 2,6 3,3 3,9 5 6
10 1,47 2,55 3,92 7,85
12 1,63 2,8 4,27 8,49 14,6
16 1,95 3,3 4,98 9,77 16,6
20 2,25 3,78 5,69 11 18,6
25 2,64 4,4 6,56 12,6 21,1
30 3,02 5,02 7,45 14,2 23,6
35 3,41 5,62 8,25 15,8 26,1
Ordering example:
ISO 1207 – M10 x 20 – 4.8 40 3,8 6,25 9,2 17,4 28,6
45 6,88 10 18,9 31,1
50 7,5 10,9 20,6 33,6
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12
Slotted set screw
with cone point n 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2
tmin. 1,12 1,28 1,6 2 2,4 2,8
DIN EN 27434
dt max. 0,4 0,5 1,5 2 2,5 3
6 0,36
8 0,51 0,77 1,04
10 0,66 1,02 1,44 2,65
12 0,82 1,27 1,84 3,25 4,6
16 1,12 1,76 2,64 4,45 6,6 9,5
20 1,42 2,25 3,44 5,65 8,6 11,8
25 2,88 4,44 7,15 11,1 14,7
Ordering example:
ISO 7434 – M 10 x 30 – 14H 30 5,44 8,65 13,6 17,6
35 10,2 16,1 20,4
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Hexagon socket set screw
s 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
with cone point
t min. 2,5 3 3,5 5 6 8 10 12 15
DIN EN ISO 4027 dt max. - - 1,5 2 2,5 3 4 5 6
12 0,82 1,21 1,74 2,98 4,42
16 1,14 1,69 2,44 4,24 6,43 8,9
20 1,46 2,17 3,14 5,5 8,44 11,7 20,1
25 2,77 4,02 7,08 10,9 15,3 26,6 40,7
30 4,89 8,65 13,5 18,8 33,1 51 68,7
35 10,2 16 22,3 39,6 61,3 83,2
40 11,8 18,5 25,8 46,1 71,6 97,7
45 21 29,3 52,6 81,9 112
50 23,5 32,8 59,1 92,2 127
Ordering example:
ISO 4027 – M 12 x 40 – 45H 55 36,3 65,6 103 141
60 39,8 72,2 113 156
Page 9
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Hexagon socket set screw
with dog point dp max. 2,5 3,5 4 5,5 7 8,5 12 15 18
s 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
DIN EN ISO 4028
t min. 2,5 3 3,5 5 6 8 10 12 15
Short
1,25 1,5 1,75 2,25 2,75 3,25 4,3 5,3 6,3
dog point
zmax.
Long dog
2,25 2,75 3,25 4,3 5,3 6,3 8,36 10,36 12,43
point
12 0,763 1,19 1,63 2,68 4,78 6,06
16 1,08 1,67 2,31 3,94 6,05 8,94 15
20 1,4 2,15 2,99 5,2 8,02 11 20,3 28,3
25 2,75 3,84 6,78 10,5 14,6 25,1 38,6 55,4
30 4,8 8,35 13 18,2 31,7 45,5 69,9
35 5,68 9,93 15,5 21,8 38,3 55,8 78,4
40 11,5 18 25,4 44,9 66,1 92,9
Ordering example: 45 20,5 29 51,5 76,4 107
ISO 4028 – M12 x 40 – 45H
50 23 32,6 58,1 86,7 122
55 36,2 64,7 97 136
60 39,8 71,3 107 151
M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48

Stud d - M8x1 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M24x2 M30x2 M36x3 M42x3 M48x3
- - - M12x1,5 - - - - - - -
DIN 939 b1 4) 7,5 10 12 15 20 25 30 38 45 52 60
1) 18 22 26 30 38 46 54 66 78 90 102
b2 2) 24 28 32 36 44 52 60 72 84 96 108
3) - - 45 49 57 65 73 85 97 109 121
x1 2,5 3,2 3,8 4,3 5 6,3 7,5 9 10 11 12,5
x2 1,25 1,6 1,9 2,2 2,5 3,2 3,8 4,5 5 5,5 6,3
50 11,4 21 33,3 49,9 94,9
55 12,5 22,9 36,4 54,3 103
60 13,6 24,9 39,5 58,8 111 180
65 26,9 42,6 63,2 119 192
70 28,9 45,7 67,6 126 205 305
75 30,8 48,8 72,1 134 217 323
80 32,8 51,8 76,5 142 229 341
u (incomplete thread): max. 1,5 P 90 58 85,4 158 254 376 619
100 64,2 94,3 174 279 412 674 1011
110 103 190 303 447 730 1091
Ordering examples: 120 112 205 328 483 785 1171 1647
130 221 353 518 841 1251 1756 2364
DIN 939 – M12 x 80 – 8.8
(only coarse-pitch thread) 140 237 377 554 896 1331 1865 2506
150 253 402 589 952 1411 1973 2648
or
160 269 427 625 1007 1490 2082 2790
DIN 939 – M12Fo 5) x 80 – 8.8 170 451 660 1062 1570 2191 2932
Fo = male thread without interference fit
180 1) For lengths l ≤ 125 mm 476 696 1118 1650 2300 3074
or 190 2) For lengths 125 mm < l ≤ 200 mm 501 731 1173 1730 2408 3216
200 3) For lengths 200 mm < l 525 767 1229 1810 2517 3358
DIN 939 – M12 – M12 x 1,25 x 80 – 8.8
(coarse and fine-pitch threads) 220 4) For 10.9: b1 = 1,5 x d 1340 1970 2735 3642
240 5) Drawing indication: Secure with Loctite 243 according to SN 507. 1450 2130 2952 3927
Page 10
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48

T-head bolt
Type B
with square neck 10 13 16 19 25 31 37 43 55 54 72
lg max
DIN 186 k 4,5 5,5 7 8 10,5 13 15 19 23 26 30
n 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 30 36 42 48
m 16 18 21 26 30 36 43 54 66 80 88
l Type A lg max
50 32 28 24
60 42 38 34 30
70 48 44 40 32
80 58 54 50 42 34
90 64 60 52 44
Ordering examples:
100 74 70 62 54
DIN 186 – AM 20 x 100 – 5.6 120 90 82 74 66 54
Type A with shank
140 96 88 80 68
DIN 186 – BM 20 x 100 – 5.6 160 116 108 100 88 76 64
Type B with long thread
180 128 120 108 96 84
200 148 140 128 116 104 92
d1 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56
Masonry bolt
P 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5
amax. 25 32 40 55 65 80 100 120 140 160 185
DIN 529 type A
+2 P
b 0 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 90 105 120 140
cmax. 55 55 70 90 110 130 160 190 230 260 290
160 8 13,8 20,5 39,2
200 9,5 16,3 24,1 45,4 76
250 19,4 28,5 53,5 88 136
320 34,7 64,5 106 160 270
400 77,2 126 189 314 477
500 93 150 225 370 557 798
Ordering example: 630 182 270 441 660 939 1277
DIN 529 – AM 20 x 500 – 5.6
800 224 331 536 796 1124 1517 2135
1000 401 648 955 1344 1802 2525
For a selection of screw materials, refer to NH Part 1.
Surface refinement according to DIN EN ISO 4042

A2E zinc coat applied by electroplating (A); layer thickness 5 µm (2), degree of lustre: bright, no colour (E).
tZn zinc coat applied by hot galvanising, layer thickness 40 µm.
Page 11
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d1 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M100
Eye bolt x6 x6 x6
DIN 580
d2 20 25 30 35 40 50 65 75 85 100 110 120 150 170 190
d3 36 45 54 63 72 90 108 126 144 166 184 206 260 296 330
d4 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 140 160 180
h 36 45 53 62 71 90 109 128 147 168 187 208 260 298 330
l 13 17 20,5 27 30 36 45 54 63 68 78 90 100 112 130

DIN 580 – M 20 – C 15 E kg / unit 0,06 0,11 0,18 0,28 0,45 0,74 1,66 2,65 4,03 6,38 8,8 12,4 23,3 34,2 49,1
Load carrying capacity in kg

One
strand
140 230 340 700 1200 1800 3200 4600 6300 8600 11500 16000 20000 28000 40000
Two
100 170 240 500 860 1290 2300 3300 4500 6100 8200 11000 14000 20000 29000
strands
d3 b e h k l s Weight
Type d1
Button-head lubricating nipple h12 ± 0,1 min. max. j16 - 0,5 h13 kg / 1000 pcs.
G 1/4 A 16 6,5 19,3 17,6 4,5 5,5 17 18
DIN 3404
A G 1/4 A
22 8,5 25 23,1 5,5 7,5 22 34
G 3/8 A
Minimum space requirement for
Ordering example:
DIN 3404 - A G 1/4 A – 22 – St-A3F
Grease gun connection Socket wrench
d1 m6 1) 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Parallel pin with internal thread c1 ≈ 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6,3
unhardened c2 ≈ 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6,3 8
DIN EN ISO 8733
16 2,79
20 3,67 6,4
24 4,55 7,98 12,2
28 5,43 9,56 14,7 19,5
32 6,31 10,3 17,2 23,1 39,4
40 8,07 13,5 22,2 30,3 52 80,2
50 10,3 17,5 28,4 39,9 67,8 105 150
60 12,5 21,5 34,6 49,5 82,8 130 188 265
70 25,5 40,8 59,1 98,5 155 226 320
Cost factor 3,0 2) 80 29,5 47 68,7 115 180 264 376 680
90 53,2 78,3 131 205 303 431 754
Ordering example: 100 59,4 87,9 147 230 341 487 852 1360
ISO 8733 – 6 x 30 – St 120 107 180 280 418 598 1050 1720
1) Other tolerances upon agreement.

2) The cost comparison is based on manufacture of the hole without material cost of the pins.
Page 12
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d
Parallel pin 2 2,5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
m6/h8 1)
unhardened
c≈ 0,35 0,4 0,5 0,63 0,8 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6,3 8
DIN EN ISO 2338 l 3)
10
12 Range
14
16
18
20
22
24 of
26
28
30
32
35
40 commercially available
45
Cost factor 3,0 2)
50
55
60
65
70 lengths
Ordering example:
75
ISO 2338 – 30m6x80 – St
80
85
90
95
100
120
140
160
180
200

3) Lengths above 200 mm shall be graded in steps of 20 mm.
Page 13
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d1 m6 1) 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Parallel pin a ≈ 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 2,5 3 4 5 6,3
with internal thread, unhardened
c 2,1 2,6 3 3,8 4,6 6 6 7 8 10
DIN EN ISO 8735 l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
16 2,79
20 3,67 6,4
24 4,55 7,98 12,2
28 5,43 9,56 14,7 19,5
32 6,31 10,3 17,2 23,1 39,4
40 8,07 13,5 22,2 30,3 52 80,2
50 10,3 17,5 28,4 39,9 67,8 105 150
60 12,5 21,5 34,6 49,5 82,8 130 188 265
70 25,5 40,8 59,1 98,5 155 226 320
Cost factor 3,0 2)
80 29,5 47 68,7 115 180 264 376 680
90 53,2 78,3 131 205 303 431 754
Ordering example: 100 59,4 87,9 147 230 341 487 852 1360
ISO 8735 – 6 x 30 – A – St 120 107 180 280 418 598 1050 1720
d h10 1) 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Taper pin,
unhardened l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
DIN EN 22339
32 1,06 2,17 3,68 5,58 7,88 13,7 21 29,9
35 1,19 2,42 4,08 6,18 8,7 15 23,1 32,9
40 2,85 4,77 7,19 10,1 17,4 26,7 37,9 66,3
50 6,24 9,33 13 22,3 34 48,2 83,9 130 200
60 11,6 16,1 27,4 41,6 58,7 102 157 242 346 610
Cost factor 3,5 2)
70 19,4 32,7 49,4 69,6 120 185 285 407 715 1109
Ordering example:
80 22,8 38,2 57,5 80,8 139 213 328 468 821 1273
ISO 2339 – A - 6 x 30 – St
Note: 90 26,4 44 65,9 92,3 158 242 372 530 928 1438
Type A (ground): 100 49,9 74,6 104 178 272 417 592 1036 1604
surface roughness Ra = 0,8 µm 120 62,6 92,8 129 219 333 508 720 1256 1939
Type B (turned)
surface roughness Ra = 3,2 µm 140 112 155 261 395 602 851 1479 2280
d1 h10 1) 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 50
Taper pin
with internal thread, unhardened l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
DIN EN 28736
40 9,13 15,5 23,2 30,3 51,1 78
45 10,5 17,9 26,8 35,4 59,9 91
55 13,5 22,9 34,2 45,8 77,7 118 165
60 15,1 25,5 38,1 51,1 86,8 132 186 246
80 36,3 54 73,2 124 188 272 368 708
90 62,4 84,7 143 217 316 430 815
Cost factor 3,5 2)
100 71,1 96,4 163 247 361 492 923 1396
Ordering example:
ISO 8736 – A - 6 x 30 – St 120 121 204 308 452 620 1143 1731
Note: 140 246 370 546 751 1366 2072
Type A (ground):
160 291 435 642 885 1594 2419
surface roughness Ra = 0,8 µm
Type B (turned) 200 572 843 1163 2062 3126
surface roughness Ra = 3,2 µm
Page 14
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
d1 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 30 40 50
Spring-type straight pin, l Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces

slotted, heavy duty 10 0,34 0,597 0,942 1,38 2,24 3,69 5,55 7,8 9,19 15,3
DIN EN ISO 8752 12 0,407 0,716 1,13 1,66 2,66 4,43 6,66 9,35 11 18,4
14 0,475 0,836 1,32 1,94 3,13 5,17 7,78 10,9 12,9 21,4 33,4 48,5
16 0,543 0,955 1,51 2,21 3,58 5,9 8,89 12,5 14,7 24,5 38,2 55,4
20 0,679 1,19 1,88 2,77 4,48 7,38 11,1 15,6 18,4 30,6 47,8 69,2 117 186
22 0,746 1,31 2,07 3,04 4,92 8,12 12,2 17,1 20,2 33,6 52,5 76,2 129 205
24 0,814 1,43 2,26 3,32 5,37 8,86 13,3 18,7 22 36,7 57,3 83,1 141 223
28 0,95 1,67 2,64 3,87 6,26 10,3 15,6 21,8 25,7 42,8 66,8 96,9 164 261
30 1,02 1,79 2,83 4,15 6,71 11,1 16,7 23,4 27,6 45,9 71,6 104 176 279
32 1,09 1,91 3,02 4,43 7,16 11,8 17,8 24,9 29,4 48,9 76,4 111 188 298
35 1,22 2,18 3,39 4,98 8,06 13,3 20 28,1 33,1 55,1 85,9 125 211 326
40 1,36 2,39 3,77 5,54 8,95 14,8 22,2 31,2 36,7 61,2 95,5 138 235 372
45 2,68 4,24 6,23 10,1 16,6 25 35,1 41,3 68,8 107 156 264 419
50 2,98 4,71 6,92 11,2 18,4 27,8 39 45,9 76,5 119 173 293 465
55 5,18 7,61 12,3 20,3 30,5 42,9 50,5 84,1 131 190 323 512
60 5,65 8,3 13,4 22,1 33,3 46,8 55,1 91,8 143 208 352 558
Cost factor 1,0 1) 65 6,12 8,99 14,5 24 36,1 50,1 59,7 99,4 155 225 382 605
70 6,59 9,69 15,7 25,8 38,9 54,6 64,3 107 167 242 411 651
75 7,06 10,4 16,8 27,7 41,7 58,5 68,9 115 179 260 440 698
80 7,54 11,1 18 29,5 44,4 62,4 73,5 122 191 277 470 745
90 12,5 20,1 33,2 50 70,2 82,7 138 215 312 528 838
Ordering example:
ISO 8752 – 6 x 30 – A – FSt 55Si7 100 13,8 22,4 36,9 55,5 77,9 91,9 153 239 346 587 931
120 26,8 44,3 66,6 93,5 110 184 286 415 704 1120
d1 1 1,6 2 3,2 4 5 6,3 8 10 13 16
Split pin b≈ 3 3,2 4 6,4 8 10 12,6 16 20 26 32

Hole
1,2 1) 1,6 2 3,2 4 5 6,3 8 10 13 16
DIN EN ISO 1234 dia. H14
12 0,06 0,14 0,28
16 0,08 0,18 0,34 0,87
20 0,1 0,22 0,4 1,09 2,16
25 0,27 0,47 1,31 2,52 4
32 0,34 0,56 1,64 3,07 5 8,9
36 0,61 1,8 3,39 5,49 9,76
40 0,66 2 3,71 6 10,6 17,2
45 2,17 4,11 6,61 11,7 18,9 30,5
50 2,43 4,51 7,24 12,8 20,6 33,9
56 2,7 5 8 14 22,6 38
63 3,02 5,55 8,67 15,6 25 41,8
71 6,2 9,86 17,3 27,7 46,2 83,4
80 6,91 11 19,2 30,7 51,2 91,8
90 12,2 21,3 34,1 56,7 101
100 13,5 23,5 37,5 62,2 111
112 26,1 41,5 66 122 188
125 28,9 45,9 75,9 134 206
Ordering example: 140 51 84,2 148 228
ISO 1234 – 5 x 50 – St 160 58,3 96,2 177 256
1) SMS Demag specific stipulation.
Page 15
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
Washer for prestressed

high-strength screw connection Screw size M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90 M100 M110 M125 M140 M160
d1 =
SN 808 21 25 31 37 43 50 58 66 74 82 93 104 114 129 144 164
nom. dim.
35 45 55 65 75 90 100 110 120 140 160 175 185 220 240 270
d2
±1 ±2 ±5
d3 23 27 34 40 46 53 64 72 80 88 98 108 118 133 148 168
s 4,5 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 14 16 22
Tensile
strength min. 900 N/mm² min. 700 N/mm²
Rm
Ordering example: Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
SN 808 – 21 – St
26 40 80 129 209 368 520 601 751 1111 1670 1950 2090 4300 5000 6240
Plain washer, Screw size M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

normal series
Nom. dim. 4 5 6 8 10 12 16 20
DIN EN ISO 7089 d1 4,3 5,3 6,4 8,4 10,5 13 17 21
d2 9 10 12 16 20 24 30 37
s 0,8 1 1,6 1,6 2 2,5 3 3
Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
0,308 0,443 1,02 1,83 3,57 6,27 11,3 17,2
Screw size M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 -
Nom. dim. 24 30 36 42 48 56 64 -
d1 25 31 37 45 52 62 70 -
d2 44 56 66 78 92 105 115 -
Ordering example: s 4 4 5 8 8 10 10 -
ISO 7089 – 16 – 200HV Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
32,3 53,6 92,1 209 284 472 547 -
For 32
Washer for clevis pin, 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 30
pin dia. 33
coarse finish
d1 =
9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 26 29 31 34
Nom. size
DIN 1441
d2 16 20 25 28 28 30 32 34 40 42 45 50
s 2 2,5 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5
2,16 4,3 8,43 10,3 9,16 13,3 14,4 15,5 22,8 28,5 32,8 43,5
For 35
40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 90 100
pin dia. 36
d1 =
37 41 46 51 56 62 68 72 78 82 92 102
Nom. dim.
d2 52 58 62 68 75 80 90 95 100 110 115 125
s 6 6 7 8 9 9 9 10 10 12 12 14
Ordering example: Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
DIN 1441 – 19 St
49,4 59,2 70,6 94,7 138 142 193 237 241 298 352 451
Page 16
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
Screw size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Square
taper washer d = nom. dim. 9 11 14 18 22 26
for
taper 8% U-sections a 22 22 26 32 40 56
DIN 434 b 22 22 30 36 44 56
h 3,8 3,8 4,9 5,9 7 8,5

Ordering example:
DIN 434 – 14 St 9,57 8,85 18,2 31,4 56,9 128
Screw size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Square
taper washer d = nom. dim. 9 11 13,5 17,5 22 26
for
taper 14 % I-sections a 22 22 26 32 40 56
DIN 435 b 22 22 30 36 44 56
h 4,6 4,6 6,2 7,5 9,2 10,8

Ordering example:
10,2 9,4 20,1 35,6 67 143
DIN 435 – 14 St
Nom. dimension
10 12 15 16 17 18 20 22 24 25 26
Retaining ring d1
for shafts s 1 - 0,06 1,2 - 0,06
Normal type
d2 9,6 11,5 14,3 15,2 16,2 17 19 21 22,9 23,9 24,9
DIN 471
Perm. dev. - 0,06 - 0,11 - 0,13 - 0,21
m 1) 1,1 +0,14 1,3 +0,14
nmin. 0,6 0,8 1,1 1,2 1,5 1,7
0,34 0,5 0,67 0,7 0,82 1,11 1,3 1,5 1,77 1,9 1,96
Nom. dimension
28 30 32 35 38 40 42 45 50 55 60
d1
s 1,5 - 0,06 1,75 - 0,06 2 - 0,07
d2 26,6 28,6 30,3 33 3637,5 39,5 42,5 47 52 57
Perm. dev. - 0,21 - 0,25 - 0,3
m 1) 1,6 +0,14 1,85 +0,14 2,15 +0,14
nmin. 2,1 2,6 3 3,8 4,5
2,92 3,31 3,54 4 5,62 6,03 6,5 7,5 10,2 11,4 12,9
Nom. dimension
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 110 115 120
d1
s 2,5 - 0,07 3 - 0,08 4 - 0,1
d2 62 67 72 76,5 81,5 86,5 91,5 96,5 106 111 116
Perm. dev. - 0,3 - 0,35 - 0,54
m 1) 2,65 +0,14 3,15 +0,18 4,15 +0,18
nmin. 4,5 5,3 6
18,2 22 24,6 27,3 36,4 44,5 49 53,7 82 84 86
Nom. dimension
130 140 150 160 180 190 200 220 240 260 300
d1
s 4 - 0,1 5 - 0,12
d2 126 136 145 155 175 185 195 214 234 252 292
Perm. dev. - 0,63 - 0,72 - 0,81
m 1) 4,15 +0,18 5,15 +0,18
Ordering example: nmin. 6 7,5 9 12
DIN 471 – 40 x 1,75 - FSt Weight (7,85 kg/dm3) in kg per 1000 pieces
100 110 120 150 190 210 230 265 310 355 44
Page 17
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
Nom. dimension
25 28 32 35 40 42 45 47 50 52 55
Retaining ring d1
for bores
Normal type s 1,2 - 0,06 1,5 - 0,06 1,75 - 0,06 2 - 0,07
d2 26,2 29,4 33,7 37 42,5 44,5 47,5 49,5 53 55 58

DIN 472
Perm. dev. + 0,21 + 0,25 + 0,3
m 1) 1,3 +0,14 1,6 +0,14 1,85 +0,14 2,15 +0,14
nmin. 1,8 2,1 2,6 3 3,8 4,5
1,5 1,8 2,21 3,54 4,7 5,4 6 6,1 7,3 8,2 8,3
Nom. dimension
60 62 72 80 85 90 95 100 110 115 120
d1
s 2 – 0,07 2,5 - 0,07 3 - 0,08 4 - 0,1
d2 63 65 75 83,5 88,5 93,5 98,5 103,5 114 119 124
Perm. dev. + 0,30 + 0,35 + 0,54 + 0,63
m 1) 2,15 +0,14 2,65 +0,14 3,15 +0,18 4,15 +0,18
nmin. 4,5 5,3 6
11,1 11,2 18,1 22 25,3 31 35 38 64,5 74,5 77

Nom. dimension
130 140 145 150 160 180 200 210 240 280 300
d1
s 4 - 0,1 5 - 0,12
d2 134 144 149 155 165 185 205 216 246 288 308
Perm. dev. + 0,63 + 0,72 + 0,81
m 1) 4,15 +0,18 5,15 +0,18
nmin. 6 7,5 9 12

Ordering example:
DIN 472 – 50 x 2 - FSt
82 87,5 93 105 110 165 195 270 345 400 435
1)
In normal cases, tolerance range H13 applies to groove width m. In case of force transmission on one side, the grooves
can be widened and/or bevelled towards the force-relieved side. The groove width has no effect on the load bearing
capacity of the retaining-ring joint.
Page 18
NH Part 6: 2008-01
Short d1 d2 d3 h b t Weight
Locknut designation h13 h13 h13 JS14 H17 *) kg/unit
DIN 981 KM 5 M 25x1,5 38 32 0,025

7
KM 6 M 30x1,5 45 38 5 2 0,043
KM 7 M 35x1,5 52 44 8 0,053
KM 8 M 40x1,5 58 50 9 0,085
KM 9 M 45x1,5 65 56 10 6 2,5 0,119
KM 10 M 50x1,5 70 61 0,148
KM 11 M 55x2 75 67 11 0,158
KM 12 M 60x2 80 73 7 3 0,174
KM 13 M 65x2 85 79 0,203
12
KM 14 M 70x2 92 85 0,242
KM 16 M 80x2 105 95 15 8 3,5 0,397
KM 17 M 85x2 110 102 0,451

16
KM 18 M 90x2 120 108 0,556
KM 19 M 95x2 125 113 17 10 4 0,658
KM 20 M100x2 130 120 18 0,698
KM 22 M110x2 145 133 0,965

19
KM 23 M115x2 150 137 1,01
KM 24 M120x2 155 138 20 12 5 1,08
KM 25 M125x2 160 148 1,19

21
KM 26 M130x2 165 149 1,25
KM 27 M135x2 175 1,55

160 22
KM 28 M140x2 180 14 6 1,56
KM 30 M150x2 195 171 24 2,03
KM 32 M160x3 210 182 25 2,59

16 7
KM 34 M170x3 220 193 26 2,8
KM 36 M180x3 230 203 27 3,07

18 8
Ordering example:
KM 38 M190x3 240 214 28 3,39
DIN 981 – KM 17 - St
0 + 0,9
*) Applies only to t > 3 mm. t up to 2 mm: - 0,5 mm; t > 2 to 3 mm: 0 mm
Page 19
NH Part 6 : 2008-01
Short d1 d2 d3 e f s Groove Pertaining

Lockwasher Weight
designati locknut as in
(safety plate) b3 + 0,5 kg/unit
on C11
js17 h13 a15 C11 min. H11 t 0 DIN 981 - ...
DIN 5406 MB 5 25 42 32 23 3 0,006 KM 5
5 6
MB 6 30 49 38 27,5 0,008 KM 6
MB 7 35 57 44 32,5 0,01 KM 7
1,25
MB 8 40 62 50 37,5 0,012 KM 8
6 7
MB 9 45 69 56 42,5 0,015 KM 9
4
MB 10 50 74 61 47,5 0,016 KM 10
MB 11 55 81 67 52,5 0,02 KM 11
MB 12 60 86 73 57,5 0,025 KM 12
8 1,5 9
MB 13 65 92 79 62,5 0,029 KM 13
MB 14 70 98 85 66,5 0,033 KM 14
MB 16 80 112 95 76,5 0,046 KM 16
MB 17 85 119 102 81,5 0,052 KM 17

10 11 5
MB 18 90 126 108 86,5 0,062 KM 18
1,75
MB 19 95 133 113 91,5 0,067 KM 19
MB 20 100 142 120 96,5 0,077 KM 20
MB 22 110 154 133 12 105,5 14 0,094 KM 22

6
MB 23 115 159 137 110,5 0,108 KM 23
b3
MB 24 120 164 138 115 0,105 KM 24
MB 25 125 170 148 120 0,118 KM 25

14 16
MB 26 130 175 149 125 2 0,113 KM 26
7
MB 27 135 185 160 130 0,144 KM 27
MB 28 140 192 160 135 0,142 KM 28

16 18
MB 30 150 205 171 145 0,155 KM 30
MB 32 160 217 182 154 0,229 KM 32

18 20
MB 34 170 232 193 164 0,247 KM 34
Ordering example: 2,5 8
DIN 5406 – MB 17 - St MB 36 180 242 203 174 0,268 KM 36
20 22
MB 38 190 252 214 184 0,278 KM 38
The safety plate shall not be located within the relief groove.
If applicable, use a spacer ring,

or secure using a locknut without tab washer,
or bond with glue as in SN 507 – Loctite 675.
January 2008
Parallel keys NH
Part 7
Selection from DIN

Parallel keys as in DIN 6885
1) 1)2) 3)
Type B Type D Type F
Surfaces of keyways
without drawing indication
(see SN 200).
Example
functional dimension
shaft hub
Example
Ordering example: Parallel key DIN 6885 – B 12 x 8 x 80 – C45+C

over 10 12 17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200 230 260 290 330 380 440
For shaft dia. d1
up to 12 17 22 30 38 44 50 58 65 75 85 95 110 130 150 170 200 230 260 290 330 380 440 500
d2 = d1 + 4 5 6 8 8 8 9 11 11 12 14 14 16 18 21 23 26 28 32 32 36 40 45 50
Width b1 h9 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 36 40 45 50 56 63 70 80 90 100
Height h h11 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 14 14 16 18 20 22 25 28 32 32 36 40 45 50
Length l To be specified acc. to design requirements with due regard to commercial lengths as in DIN 6885, sheet 1.
Parallel key
Diagonal r1 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5

or curve Perm. dev. +0,09 + 0,15 + 0,2 + 0,4 + 0,5
Thread d5 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
d3 4,5 5,5 6,6 9 11 13,5 17,5 22
Countersink d4 8 10 11 15 18 20 26 33
t5 3,2 4,1 4,8 6 7,3 8,3 11,5 13,5
Material C45+C (C 45 K)
t1 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 5 5,5 6 7 7,5 9 9 10 11 12 13 15 17 20 20 22 25 28 31
Depth
Shaft keyseat
Perm. dev. + 0,1 + 0,2 + 0,3

Width b1 P9
r2 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5
Curve
Perm. dev. - 0,08 - 0,09 - 0,15 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,5
Position tolerance 0,06 0,08 0,1
Depth t2 1,8 2,3 2,8 3,3 3,3 3,3 3,8 4,3 4,4 4,9 5,4 5,4 6,4 7,4 8,4 9,4 10,4 11,4 12,4 12,4 14,4 15,4 17,4 19,5
Hub keyway
Perm. dev. + 0,1 + 0,2 + 0,3

Width Parallel key – b1 P9 , sliding key – b1 F7 5)
r2 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 1 1,6 2,5
Curve
Perm. dev. - 0,08 - 0,09 - 0,15 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,5
Position tolerance 0,06 0,08 0,1
d6 - M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Thread t3 - 6 6 6 7 6 8 9 9 11 15 13 15 12 13 13 17 18 20 20
Fastening
t4 - 10 11 11 13 12 14 16 17 19 24 22 24 21 22 22 27 28 32 32
DIN EN ISO 1207 – M ....x.... – 4.8 DIN 7984 – M ....x.... – 8.8
Screw d6 x - 10 10 10 12 12 16 16 16 20 25 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 50 50
To be separately stated in the bill of materials.
For footnotes, see page 2 Continued on page 2
Page 2
NH Part 7 : 2008-01
1)
When parallel keys of types B and D with hole for jack screw (s) are used, this shall be expressly stated in the order.
Example of designation: DIN 6885 – BS 12 x 8 x 80 – C45+C
2)
Use type D if I: b1 < 4
3)
Use type F if I: b1 > 4
4)
The keyway length is design-dependent and shall be indicated in the drawing.
The keyway length of key types B, D and F is defined as the useful load-bearing length (functional dimension) without
curves.
5)
H8 for secondary applications (e.g. support strip for pillow block) without transmission of moments.
January 2008
Axle holder according to DIN 15058 NH

Installation as in SN 370 Section 8.1
Dimensions in mm Previously SN 370; based on DIN 15058

Installation dimensions are SMS Demag specific and deviate from DIN 15058.
Arrangement
stop collar Parallel to or opposite to the direction of load of the
axle
Axle holders shall be arranged in such a way that the

fastening screws are not stressed by the axle load.
Designation of an axle holder of width a = 40 mm, thickness b = 10 mm and made of S235JR+N:
Ordering example: Axle holder DIN 15058 – 40 x 10 – S235JR+N
For axle diameter d2 Pertaining 2)
hexagon head Weight
a b c1 c2 d1 1) d3 n f g h
Range Pin dia. screw kg/unit
min.
ISO 4017-...8.8
18 16 3
Over 16 20
22 20 5 60 36 9 85 6 17 16 M 8 x 16 0,042
up to 25 4
24 18
25 18,5
27 21,5
28 22 4,5
110
30 23
Over 25 32 23,5
33 25 6 80 50 11 7 24 5 19 M10 x 20 0,085
up to 40
(35) 25
36 115
38 26 5,5
40 27
42 140 29,5
45 31 6,5
48 145 32,5
Over 40 50 33 7
30 8 100 70 13,5 9 21 M12 x 25 0,19
up to 63 55 7,5
35
56 150 8
60 36 9
63 37 9,5
65 192 42,5 10
70 195 45
(75) 198 47 10,5
Over 63 80 48
40 10 140 100 17,5 11 27 M16 x 30 0,4
up to 100 85 50,5 12
90 205 53
95 52,5 15
100 210 55
105 265 62,5 15
110 65
120 270 67 18
Over 100 125 20,5
50 12 190 140 22 13 32 M20 x 40 0,9
up to 160 130 275 70 20
140 280 75
150 285 78 22
160 290 83
170 350 90 25
180 360 95
Over 160 190 97
60 16 250 200 26 17 28 38 M24 x 50 1,75
up to 250 200 370 102
220 380 110 30
250 405 125
Dimensions in ( ) shall be avoided.
Material S235JR+N as in DIN EN 10025-2
1)
Other hole diameters shall be stated in the order, e.g. axle holder 40 x 10 with d1 = 18 mm in S235JR+N:
Axle holder DIN 15058 – 40 x 10 x 18 – S235JR+N.
2)
To be separately stated in the bill of materials.
January 2008
Pins without head NH

Section 8.2
Dimensions in mm Previously SN 530; based on DIN 22340
Pin without head as in SN 530
Type A (manufacturing cost FK = 116%) Type B (dimensions like types A and C)

up to d1 = 100 mm-Ø (FK = 221%) from d1 = 18 mm dia.
rounded off

Designation of a pin as in SN 530 type A Designation of a pin as in SN 530 type B
1) 1)
of diameter d1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 , of diameter d1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 ,
2)
length l1 = 130 mm and lh = 110 mm in S275JR+N: length = 130 mm, l2 = 60 mm and l4 = 30 mm in S275JR+N:
Ordering example: Ordering example:
Pin SN 530 – A 40h9 x 130 x 110 – S275JR+N Pin SN 530 – B 40h9 x 130 x 60 x 30 – S275JR+N
Type C (dimensions like types A and B) Type D (dimensions like type A)

(FK = 221%) (FK = 136%) from d1 = 25 mm dia.
Designation of a pin as in SN 530 type C Designation of a pin as in SN 530 type D

1) 1)
of diameter d1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 , and of diameter d1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 , and
2)
l1 = 130 mm, l2 = 60 mm and l4 = 30 mm in S275JR+N: l1 = 130 mm in S275JR+N:
Ordering example: Ordering example:
Pin SN 530 – C 40h9 x 130 x 60 x 30 – S275JR+N Pin SN 530 – D 40h9 x 130 – S275JR+N
Type E (dimensions like types A and D)

(FK = 100%)
Designation of a pin as in SN 530 type E

1)
of diameter d1 = 40 mm, tolerance range h9 , and
l1 = 130 mm in S275JR+N:
Ordering example:
Pin SN 530 – E 40h9 x 130 – S275JR+N

Page 2
NH Section 8.2 : 2008-01
Washer,
Split pin coarse finish Axle holder
d1 1) dl le d2 n c g h1 t1
DIN 1441
max. DIN EN ISO 1234 Inside dia. DIN 15058
h9 H13 min. s
6 1,6 3,2 1,6 x 12 7 1,6
8 2 3,5 2 2 x 12 9 2
10 4,5 3,2 x 16 11 2,5
3,2
12 5,5 - - - 3,2 x 20 13 -
3
14 15
* 15 4 6 - 3 - 4 x 25 - -
16 17 3
18 7 3 19
5 x 32
20 5 21
8
22 6 16 5 x 36 23 4 20 x 5
4
24 6,3 x 36 25
* 25 9 6,3 x 40 26
6,3
27 0,4 28
6,3 x 45
* 28 4,5 29
30 3 8 x 45 31 5
* 32 34
33 7 4 5 19 8 x 50 34 25 x 6
10
* 35 0,6 37
8 6
36 37
* 38 5,5 8 x 56 - -
40 41 6
* 42 8 x 63 - -
4
45 6,5 46 7
12
* 48 10 x 63 - -
50 9 7 21 51 8 30 x 8
0,8
55 10 7,5 10 x 71 56
14
60 9 62
9
* 63 9,5 10 x 80 68
* 65 68
10
70 72
13 x 90 10
* 75 6 10,5 78
6
80 16 13 x 100 82
11 27 40 x 10
* 85 13 12 1 86
13 x 112 12
90 92
* 95 98
13 x 125
100 15 102 14
* 110 13 x 140
* 120 18 13 x 160
* 125
13 x 180
* 130 13 20 32 50 x 12
* 140 16 x 180
* 150 - - 8 8 1,6 - -
22 16 x 200
* 160
* 170
25 16 x 224
* 180
17 38 60 x 16
* 190
28 16 x 250
* 200
* Pin diameters not in accordance with DIN EN 22340.
Material: S275JR+N ; X20Cr13+QT700,

preferably as round bar according to DIN EN 10278.
1) When other tolerances are required, these shall be stated in the designation.
2) L4 defined acc. to NH Section 8.6, bushing length b1 – 2 (a + c1).
January 2008
Pins with head NH

Section 8.3
Dimensions in mm Developed from SN 358, based on DIN EN 22341
Pin with head as in DIN EN 22341

up to d1 = 100 mm dia.
Type A - without split-pin hole
rounded off

drill during workshop
assembly
Designation of a pin as in DIN EN 22341

of diameter d1 = 60 mm, tolerance range h9
and length l1 = 95 mm, without split-pin hole, made of S355JR+N:
Ordering example:
Pin ISO 2341 – A 60h9 x 95 – S355JR+N
rounded off
Type B - with split-pin hole
(dimensions like type A)
Designation of a pin as in DIN EN 22341

of diameter d1 = 60 mm, tolerance range h9
and length l1 = 95 mm and split-pin hole distance
lh = 83 mm, made of S355JR+N:
Ordering example:
Pin ISO 2341 - B 60h9 x 95 x 83 – S355JR+N

Continued on page 2
Page 2
NH Section 8.3: 2008-01
Washer, Split pin

d1 1) dK le dl c k r e coarse finish
DIN 1441 DIN EN ISO 1234
h9 min. H13 max. Inside dia. s
6 10 3,2 1,6 2 7 1,6 1,6 x 12
8 14 3,5 2 2 3 1 9 2 2 x 12
10 18 4,5 0,6 11 2,5 3,2 x 16
3,2
12 20 5,5 4 13 3,2 x 20
1,6 3
14 22 15
6 4 3 4 x 25
16 25 4,5 0,6 17 3
1,6
18 28 7 19
5 5 x 32
20 30 5 21
8 1 4
22 33 5,5 2 23 5 x 36
24 36 6 25 6,3 x 36
9 6,3
27 40 6 1 2 28 6,3 x 45
30 44 8 1 2 31 8 x 45
4 5
33 47 8 1 2 34 8 x 50
10 8
36 50 8 1 2 37
8 x 56
40 55 8 1 2 41 6
45 60 9 1 2 46 7
12 10 x 63
50 66 9 2 51 8
10
55 72 11 1 56 10 x 71
14 3 9
60 78 12 62 10 x 80
70 90 13 1 3 72 10 13 x 90
6
80 100 13 1 3 82 13 x 100
16 13 12
90 110 13 1 3 92 13 x 112
100 120 13 1 3 102 14 13 x 125
Material: S355JR+N; preferred round bar as in DIN EN 10278.

1)
If other tolerances are required, these shall be stated in the designation.
January 2008
Plain-bearing bushes NH
Section 8.4
made of copper alloys
Dimensions in mm Supersedes SN 364-1; based on DIN ISO 4379
Bushings for plain bearings as in DIN ISO 4379
For simple-type bearings, bushes made of strip metal (e.g. DU bushes) shall be used.
Dimensions and designation: Type C Type F

(other dimensions and details same as type C)
X (without Y in the designation)
25
1,6
3,2
c1 x 45°
c2 x 45°
Ø d2
Ø d1
Ø d3
1,6
3,2
0,2
X (with Y in the designation)
X 3,2
c2 (variabel)
25
b1 u b2
b1 c2
Designation of a bush type C of d1 = 20 mm inside diameter with ISO tolerance range E9 prior to installation,

d2 = 26 mm outside diameter with ISO tolerance range s6 and b1 = 20 mm width with press-in chamfer C2 of 15° (Y)
made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Ordering example:
Bush ISO 4379 - C-20E9 x 26s6 x 20Y - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Material: CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ as in DIN EN 1982

For other materials, see NH Part 1.
Execution: Permissible deviations from dimensions without tolerance indications: DIN ISO 2768-m,
edges max. 0,3 mm deburred as in DIN ISO 13715,
press-in chamfer c2 of 45°: no particular indication in the designation,
press-in chamfer c2 of 15°: add the letter Y in the designation.
SMS Demag recommended tolerance ranges:
Pressed-in, shrunk-in Glued in (to be indicated in drawing)
≤ 200 F7 E9 D10
Before installation ü ⋅ d1
> 200 1) Vx = − 15% 2) H7 H8 E9
d1 d2
After installation H7 H8 E9
Relevant shaft tolerance range f7; e9 h9; h11 f7; e9 h9; h11
d2 ≤ 120 s6
g6
> 120 r6
Location hole H7 H7
Example of nom. dimension d1 > 200: (SMS Demag specific stipulation)

Given: Location hole = 240 H7 ( 0+0,046 ) . Bush outside dia. d2 = 240 r6 ( ++00,,113
084 ) .
Bushing pressed in or shrunk in.

Desired: Bush inside dia. d1 = 210 H7 ( 0+0,046 ) .
ü ⋅ d1 0,113 ⋅ 210
Required: d1 before installation: Vx = − 15% = − 15% = 0,084
d2 240
This leads to a dimension required before installation of d1 min. = 210 + 0,084 = 210,084 and
d1 max. = 210,046 + 0,084 = 210,130; selected: 210 E9 ( ++00,,215
100 ) .
If a suitable ISO tolerance range cannot be determined, the calculated values can be indicated as deviations from
the nominal dimension, for example 210 ( ++00,,130
084 ) .
Plain bearing bushes subjected to particularly heavy stresses due to axial or radial forces shall be secured using setscrews or
bonding agent Loctite 675 as in SN 507. For bushes with lubricant feed and distribution for rotating bearing movement, refer
to NH Section 8.6.

Page 2
NH Section 8.4 : 2008-01
b1 3) Chamfer Tolerance Tolerance

Series 45° 15°
d1 d2 d3 b2 u
c 1 , c2 c2
1 2 3 IT 8 IT 8
max. max.
6 4) 12 14
0,027
8 14 18 6 10 - 0,3 1
0,027
10 16 20
1
12 18 22
14 20 25 10
15 20 0,033
15 21 27 3
16 22 28
12
18 24 30 0,033
20 26 32
20 30 0,5 2
22 28 34 15
1,5
(24) 30 36
25 32 38
(27) 34 40
0,039
28 36 42 4
20 30 40
30 38 44
32 40 46
0,039
(33) 42 48
35 45 50
(36) 46 52 50
38 48 54
30 40
40 50 58
5 0,8 3
42 52 60 2
0,046
45 55 63 60
48 58 66
50 60 68 50 0,046
40
55 65 73 70
60 75 83
60 80
65 80 88
70 85 95 50
70 90 7,5
75 90 100 0,054
80 95 105
100
85 100 110 80 0,054
60
90 110 120 1 4
95 115 125 3
100 120 130 120
100
105 125 135 80
110 130 140 10
0,063
120 140 150
120 150 0,063
130 150 160 100
140 160 170
150 170 180 150 180
160 185 200 120
12,5 2 5 4
170 195 210 200
180 210 220 180 0,072 0,072
150
190 220 230 250 15
200 230 240 180 200
Dimensions in round brackets shall be avoided whenever possible.
1)
Dimensions over 200 mm are SMS Demag specific.
2)
Meaning of the variables in the equation:
Vx = biggest diameter reduction of d1 to be expected after pressing in or shrinking in.
ü = maximum interference between location hole and bush outside diameter d2.
d1 = nominal inside dia. of bush.
d2 = nominal outside dia. of bush = nom. diameter of location hole.
3)
The dimensions of b1 indicated here shall be preferred. Other dimensions are allowed, but shall not exceed 1,5 x d1.
4)
This dimension applies only to bushes of type C.
January 2008
Bushes in copper alloys NH

for hydraulic cylinders
Part 8.5
with pivot trunnions as in SN 364
Dimensions in mm Previously SN 364-1; based on DIN ISO 4379
The bushes according to SN 364 are designed only for hydraulic cylinders with pivot trunnions.
They differ from types C and F of NH Section 8.4 by a bigger chamfer c1.
Dimensions and designation: Type A Type B

(other dimensions and details same as type C)
X (without Y in the designation)
25
1,6
3,2
c1 x 45°
c2 x 45°
Ø d2
Ø d1
Ø d3
1,6
3,2
0,2
X (with Y in the designation)
X 3,2
c2 (variabel)
25
b1 u b2
b1 c2

Designation of a bush type A of d1 = 30 mm inside diameter with ISO tolerance range E9 prior to installation,
d2 = 38 mm outside diameter with ISO tolerance range s6 and b1 = 30 mm width with press-in chamfer C2 of 15° (Y),
made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Ordering example:
Bush SN 364 - A-30E9 x 38s6 x 30Y - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Material: CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ as in DIN EN 1982

For other materials, see NH Part 1.
Execution: Permissible deviations from dimensions without tolerance indications: DIN ISO 2768-m,
edges max. 0,3 mm deburred as in DIN ISO 13715,
press-in chamfer c2 of 45°: no particular indication in the designation,
press-in chamfer c2 of 15°: add the letter Y in the designation.
SMS Demag recommended tolerance ranges:
Pressed-in, shrunk-in Glued in (to be indicated in drawing)
Before installation ≤ 200 F7 E9 D10

H7 H8 E9
d1 After installation H7 H8 E9
Relevant shaft tolerance range *) f8 a) , c) or e8 b) , c), d) h9; h11 f7; e9 h9; h11
≤ 120 s6
d2 g6
> 120 r6
Location hole H7 H7
*) Tolerance indications are usually standardised by the supplier.
Example:
a)
Hydraulic cylinders up to 160 bar (type CDM1)
b)
Hydraulic cylinders up to 250 bar (types CDH1, CGH1)
c) Bosch Rexroth Company
d)
Continued on page 2
Page 2
NH Section 8.5 : 2008-01
b1 1) Chamfer Tolerance Tolerance

Series 45° 15°
d1 d2 d3 b2 u
c1 c2 c2
1 2 3 IT8 IT8
25 32 38 1,5
0,5 2
30 38 44 4
20 30 40
32 40 46 0,039
(33) 42 48
0,039
35 45 50
(36) 46 52 50
38 48 54 2
30 40
40 50 58
5 0,8 3
42 52 60
2 0,046
45 55 63 60
48 58 66
50 60 68 50
40 0,046
55 65 73 70
60 75 83
63 2) 78 2) 86 2) 60 80
65 80 88
50
70 85 95 7,5
70 90 0,054
75 90 100
2,5
80 95 105
100
85 100 110 80 0,054
60 1 4
90 110 120
95 115 125 3
100 120 130 120
100
105 125 135 80
110 130 140
10
120 140 150 0,063
125 2) 140 2) 150 2) 120 150 0,063
100
130 150 160
140 160 170
5
150 170 180 150 180
160 185 200 120 2 5 4
12,5
170 195 210 200
180 210 220 180 0,072 0,072
150
190 220 230 250 15
200 230 240 180 200
Dimensions in round brackets shall be avoided whenever possible.

1)
The dimensions of b1 indicated here shall be preferred. Other dimensions are allowed, but shall not exceed 1,5 x d1.
2)
SMS Demag specific, not in accordance with DIN ISO 4379.
January 2008
Bushings for plain bearings NH

with lubrication holes and grooves
Section 8.6
for rotating bearing movements
Dimensions in mm Developed from SN 364-3; based on DIN ISO 12128
1 Field of application
This Section enables the user to assign the different types of lubricant feed and distribution to plain bearing bushes made of
copper alloys according to DIN ISO 4379 types C and F and SN 364-1 types A and B. These bushes can be provided with
holes, longitudinal grooves, ring grooves or with combinations thereof.
Ring grooves in conjunction with longitudinal grooves shall be used only in exceptional cases (e.g. greasing
through tappet), as they heavily reduce the load bearing capacity of the plain bearings; longitudinal and ring
grooves shall always be provided in the stationary section
Design recommendation:
For reasons of economy, it may be useful to employ bushes made of maintenance-free graphitic sliding
material or of sintered bronze (see SN 1). This avoids the manufacturing cost for the various lubricant
grooves of the types A to H.
2 Types of lubricant feed and distribution

(selection from DIN ISO 12128)

Lubrication hole Longitudinal groove Ring groove
Type L Type D Type G
rounded off rounded off

Hole d2 drilled together with locating element,
except for locating elements with ring grooves.
Indication in assembly drawing or assembly note

in bill of materials is required.
For types L, D, G Type L Type D Type G For types L, D, G

Bearing wall thickness e1 +0,2 r e2 +0,2 d1
d2 t 0 t 0
s ≈ ≈ ≈ ≈
≤ 2 2,5 5 0,8 2,5 1,8 0,8
≤ 30
> 2 ≤ 2,5 3 8 1 4 2 1
> 2,5 ≤ 3 4 10,5 1,2 6 2,5 1,2
> 3 ≤ 4 5 14 1,6 8 3,5 1,6 > 30 ≤ 100
> 4 ≤ 5 6 19 2 12 4,5 2
> 5 ≤ 7,5 8 28 2,5 20 7,5 2,5
> 7,5 ≤ 10 10 38 3,2 28 11 3,2 > 100
> 10 12 49 4 35 14 4
Continued on page 2
Page 2
NH Section 8.6: 2008-01
3 Table of types and designations
Lubricant Lubrication holes and grooves
feed and Type Quantity: 1, 2 or 3 Example of designation:
distribution of bush
through ... Type Type and arrangement
according to
Lubrication hole, in-center

DIN ISO 12128 Designation of a bush for plain bearing type F as in DIN ISO 4379
or bush for cylinder type B as in SN 364, each with a dimension
or off-center
of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type A (A), with one lubrication hole (1) of type L (L)
at a distance of x = 10 as in DIN ISO 12128, and made of
A L CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
Dimension x Bush ISO 4379 – F-18E9x24s6x20Y–A1L10 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ

for Bush SN 364 – B-18E9x24s6x20Y–A1L10 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
in-center lubrication hole is ½ x b1.
Hub
according to Designation of a bush for plain bearing type F as in DIN ISO 4379
Longitudinal groove closed
at both ends and lubr. hole
SN 364 -2 1) or bush for cylinder type B as in SN 364-1, each with a dimension

in-center or off-center
of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type B (B), with one longitudinal groove (1) of type

a a D (D) and one lubrication hole (1) of type L (L) at a distance of x = 6
as in DIN ISO 364-2 and made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
D
B and Bush ISO 4379–F–18E9x24s6x20Y–B1D1L6 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
L Bush SN 364–B–18E9x24s6x20Y–B1D1L6 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
Dimension x
for b1 > 15 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 60 > 60 ≤100 > 100
in-center lubrication hole is ½ x b1. a 3 4 6 10
according to Designation of a bush for plain bearing type C as in DIN ISO 4379
DIN ISO 12128 or bush for cylinder type A as in SN 364, each with a dimension of
Longitudinal groove
closed at both ends
18E9x24s6x20Y, type C (C), with three longitudinal grooves (3),

type D (D), as in DIN ISO 12128, and made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
C D Bush ISO 4379 – C–18E9x24s6x20Y–C3D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ

Bush SN 364– A–18E9x24s6x20Y–C3D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1 > 15 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 60 > 60 ≤100 > 100
a 3 4 6 10
according to
Trunnion
Longit. groove, both ends closed
SN 364 -2 1) Designation of a bush for plain bearing type F as in DIN ISO 4379
and one ring groove w. diagon.
or bush for cylinder type B as in SN 364-1, each with a dimension

sides, in- or off-center
of 18E9x24s6x20Y, type F (F), with three longitudinal grooves (3)

a a of type D (D) and one ring groove (1) of type G (G) at a distance of
x = 6 as in SN 364-2 1), and made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
D
F and Bush ISO 4379–F–18E9x24s6x20Y–F3D1G6 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
G Bush SN 364–B–18E9x24s6x20Y–F3D1G6 - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1 > 15 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 60 > 60 ≤100 > 100
Dimension x for in-center ring a 3 4 6 10
groove is 1/2 x b1.
Longitud. groove, open
at the end opposite the
a 18E9x24s6x20Y, type G (G), with one longitudinal groove (1),
insert side
type D (D), as in DIN ISO 12128, and made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
G D Bush ISO 4379 – C–18E9x24s6x20Y–G1D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ

Bush SN 364 – A–18E9x24s6x20Y–G1D - CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1 > 15 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 60 > 60 ≤100 > 100
Front face
a 3 4 6 10
Longitud. groove, open
at the end towards the
18E9x24s6x20Y, type H (H), with one longitudinal groove (1),
insert side
a type D (D) as in DIN ISO 12128, and made of CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ:
H D Bush ISO 4379 – C–18E9x24s6x20Y–H1D – CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ

Bush SN 364 – A–18E9x24s6x20Y–H1D – CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ
b1 > 15 ≤ 30 > 30 ≤ 60 > 60 ≤100 > 100
a 3 4 6 10
Material: CuSn7Zn4Pb7-C-GZ as in DIN EN 1982 or other materials according to NH Part 1.
These types are SMS Demag specific and are not stated in DIN ISO 12128.
1)
January 2008
WearComp/Fibrecomp NH
High-temperature bushings Section 8.7
Dimensions in mm
1 Field of application

This Section specifies product data of bushings of HyComp Inc. The company has a large inventory of mould tools for the
manufacture of bushings. Each mould has a maximum outer diameter (A), a minimum inner diameter (B) and a maximum
length (C) that can be machined into a final part.
A B C
Outer diameter Inner diameter Length
max. min. max.
mm mm mm
54 16 100
60 30 100
68 36 125
78 33 125
91 43 125
104 46 125
116 61 125
129 69 125
154 99 125
194 125 150
211 176 78
317 261 78
355 286 150
508* 0* 25*
* Plate

HyComp , a company of the SMS Group.
January 2008
Structural steel sections

NH
Selection Section 9.1
(For sections kept in stock, see Section 9.2)

Round-edge unequal-leg steel angles (hot rolled) as in DIN EN 10056-1.
Important:
Positions and designations
of the bending axes cx + cy
in the booklet on "Stahlbau-
Profile" (structural steel
sections) are different from
those shown here.
Symbol Bending axes Weight

Section dimensions Leg bores according to DIN 997
L a b t r1 r2 cx
in cm
cy zx
in cm3
zy d1 d2 w1 w2 w3
in
kg/m
30x 20x 3 30 20 3 4 2 0,99 0,502 0,621 0,292 8,4 4,3 17 - 12 1,12
4 30 20 4 4 2 1,03 0,541 0,807 0,379 8,4 4,3 17 - 12 1,46
40x 20x 4 40 20 4 4 2 1,47 0,48 1,42 0,393 11 4,3 22 - 12 1,77
40x 25x 4 40 25 4 4 2 1,36 0,623 1,47 0,619 11* 6,4* 22* - 15* 1,93
45x 30x 4 45 30 4 4,5 2,25 1,48 0,74 1,91 0,91 13 8,4 25 - 17 2,25
50x 30x 5 50 30 5 5 2,5 1,73 0,741 2,86 1,11 13 8,4 30 - 17 2,96

60x 30x 5 60 30 5 5 2,5 2,17 0,684 4,07 1,14 17 8,4 35 - 17 3,36
60x 40x 5 60 40 5 6 3 1,96 0,972 4,25 2,02 17 11 35 - 22 3,76
6 60 40 6 6 3 2 1,01 5,03 2,38 17 11 35 - 22 4,46
65x 50x 5 65 50 5 6 3 1,99 1,25 5,14 3,19 21 13 35 - 30 4,35
70x 50x 6 70 50 6 7 3,5 2,23 1,25 7,01 3,78 21* 13* 40* - 30* 5,41
75x 50x 6 75 50 6 7 3,5 2,44 1,21 8,01 3,81 23* 13* 35* - 30* 5,65
8 75 50 8 7 3,5 2,52 1,29 10,4 4,95 23* 13* 35* - 30* 7,39
80x 40x 6 80 40 6 7 3,5 2,85 0,884 8,73 2,44 23 11 45 - 22 5,41
8 80 40 8 7 3,5 2,94 0,963 11,4 3,16 23 11 45 - 22 7,07
80x 60x 7 80 60 7 8 4 2,51 1,52 10,7 6,34 23* 17* 45* - 35* 7,36
100x 50x 6 100 50 6 8 4 3,51 1,05 13,8 3,89 25 13 55 - 30 6,84
8 100 50 8 8 4 3,6 1,13 18,2 5,08 25 13 55 - 30 8,97
100x 65x 7 100 65 7 10 5 3,23 1,51 16,6 7,53 25 21 55 - 35 8,77
8 100 65 8 10 5 3,27 1,55 18,9 8,54 25* 21* 55* - 35* 9,94
10 100 65 10 10 5 3,36 1,63 23,2 10,5 25* 21/17* 55* - 35* 12,3
100x 75x 8 100 75 8 10 5 3,1 1,87 19,3 11,4 25* 23* 55* - 40* 10,6
10 100 75 10 10 5 3,19 1,95 23,8 14 25* 23* 55* - 40* 13
12 100 75 12 10 5 3,27 2,03 28 16,5 25* 23* 55* - 40* 15,4
120x 80x 8 120 80 8 11 5,5 3,83 1,87 27,6 13,2 25 23 50 80 45 12,2
10 120 80 10 11 5,5 3,92 1,95 34,1 16,2 25 23 50 80 45 15
12 120 80 12 11 5,5 4 2,03 40,4 19,1 25 23 50 80 45 17,8
125x 75x 8 125 75 8 11 5,5 4,14 1,68 29,6 11,6 25* 23* 50* 85* 40* 12,2
10 125 75 10 11 5,5 4,23 1,76 36,5 14,3 25* 23* 50* 85* 40* 15
12 125 75 12 11 5,5 4,31 1,84 43,2 16,9 25* 23* 50* 85* 40* 17,8
135x 65x 8 135 65 8 11 5,5 4,78 1,34 33,4 8,75 25* 21* 55* 95* 35* 12,2
10 135 65 10 11 5,5 4,88 1,42 41,3 10,8 25* 21* 55* 95* 35* 15
150x 75x 9 150 75 9 12 6 5,26 1,57 46,7 13,1 28 23 60 105 40 15,4
10 150 75 10 12 6 5,31 1,61 51,6 14,5 28* 23* 60* 105* 40* 17
12 150 75 12 12 6 5,4 1,69 61,3 17,1 28* 23* 60* 105* 40* 20,2
15 150 75 15 12 6 5,52 1,81 75,2 21 28* 23* 60* 105* 40* 24,8
150x 90x10 150 90 10 12 6 5 2,04 53,3 21 28 25 60 105 50 18,2
12 150 90 12 12 6 5,08 2,12 63,3 24,8 28 25 60 105 50 21,6
15 150 90 15 12 6 5,21 2,23 77,7 30,4 28* 25* 60* 105* 50* 26,6
150x100x10 150 100 10 12 6 4,81 2,34 54,2 25,9 28 25 60 105 55 19
12 150 100 12 12 6 4,89 2,42 64,4 30,7 28 25 60 105 55 22,5
200x100x10 200 100 10 15 7,5 6,93 2,01 93,2 26,3 28 25 65 150 55 23
12 200 100 12 15 7,5 7,03 2,1 111 31,3 28 25 65 150 55 27,3
15 200 100 15 15 7,5 7,16 2,22 137 38,5 28* 25* 65* 150* 55* 33,75
200x150x12 200 150 12 15 7,5 6,08 3,61 119 70,5 28* 25* 65* 150* 100* 32
15 200 150 15 15 7,5 6,21 3,73 147 86,9 28* 25* 65* 150* 100* 39,6
Page 2
NH Section 9.1 : 2008-01
Round-edge equal-leg steel angles (hot rolled) as in DIN EN 10056-1.

in cm in cm3 in
a t r1 r2 c x = cy Zx = Zy d w1 4) w2 kg/m
20x 20x 3 20 3 3,5 1,75 0,598 0,279 4,3 12 - 0,882
25x 25x 3 25 3 3,5 1,75 0,723 0,452 6,4 15 - 1,12
4 25 4 3,5 1,75 0,762 0,586 6,4 15 - 1,45
30x 30x 3 30 3 5 2,5 0,835 0,649 8,4 17 - 1,36
4 30 4 5 2,5 0,878 0,85 8,4 17 - 1,78
35x 35x 4 35 4 5 2,5 1 1,18 11 18 - 2,09
40x 40x 4 40 4 6 3 1,12 1,55 11 22 - 2,42
5 40 5 6 3 1,16 1,91 11 22 - 2,97
45x 45x 4,5 45 4,5 7 3,5 1,25 2,2 13* 25* - 3,06
50x 50x 4 50 4 7 3,5 1,36 2,46 13 30 - 3,06
5 50 5 7 3,5 1,4 3,05 13 30 - 3,77
6 50 6 7 3,5 1,45 3,61 13 30 - 4,47
60x 60x 5 60 5 8 4 1,64 4,45 17 35 - 4,57
6 60 6 8 4 1,69 5,29 17 35 - 5,42
8 60 8 8 4 1,77 6,89 17 35 - 7,09
65x 65x 7 65 7 9 4,5 1,85 7,18 21 35 - 6,83
70x 70x 6 70 6 9 4,5 1,93 7,27 21 40 - 6,38
7 70 7 9 4,5 1,97 8,41 21 40 - 7,38
75x 75x 6 75 6 9 4,5 2,05 8,41 23 40 - 6,85
8 75 8 9 4,5 2,14 11 23 40 - 8,99
80x 80x 8 80 8 10 5 2,26 12,6 23 45 - 9,63
10 80 10 10 5 2,34 15,4 23 45 - 11,9
90x 90x 7 90 7 11 5,5 2,45 14,1 25* 50* - 9,61
8 90 8 11 5,5 2,5 16,1 25 50 - 10,9
9 90 9 11 5,5 2,54 17,9 25 50 - 12,2
10 90 10 11 5,5 2,58 19,8 25 50 - 13,4
100x100x 8 100 8 12 6 2,74 19,9 25 55 - 12,2
10 100 10 12 6 2,82 24,6 25 55 - 15
12 100 12 12 6 2,9 29,1 25 55 - 17,8
120x120x10 120 10 13 6,5 3,31 36 25* 50* 80* 18,2
12 120 12 13 6,5 3,4 42,7 25 50 80 21,6
130x130x12 130 12 14 7 3,64 50,4 25 50 90 23,6
150x150x10 150 10 16 8 4,03 56,9 28* 60* 105* 23
12 150 12 16 8 4,12 67,7 28 60 105 27,3
15 150 15 16 8 4,25 83,5 28 60 105 33,8
160x160x15 160 15 17 8,5 4,49 95,6 28 60 115 36,2
180x180x16 180 16 18 9 5,02 130 28 60 135 43,5
18 180 18 18 9 5,1 145 28 60 / 65 135 48,6
200x200x16 200 16 18 9 5,52 162 28 65 150 48,5
18 200 18 18 9 5,6 181 28 65 150 54,3
20 200 20 18 9 5,68 199 28 65 150 59,9
24 200 24 18 9 5,84 235 28 65 / 70 150 71,1
250x250x28 250 28 18 9 7,24 433 28* 75* 200* 104
35 250 35 18 9 7,5 529 28* 75* 200* 128
Page 3
NH Section 9.1: 2008-01
Wide I-beams with parallel flange surfaces, I PB series as in DIN 1025-2.

in cm3 in
I PB h b s t r e 3) wx wy d w1 w2 w3 kg/m
100 100 100 6 10 12 56* 89,9 33,5 13 56 - - 20,4
120 120 120 6,5 11 12 74* 144 52,9 17 66 - - 26,7
140 140 140 7 12 12 92* 216 78,5 21 76 - - 33,7
160 160 160 8 13 15 104* 311 111 23 86 - - 42,6
180 180 180 8,5 14 15 122* 426 151 25 100 - - 51,2
200 200 200 9 15 18 134* 570 200 25 110 - - 61,3
220 220 220 9,5 16 18 152* 736 258 25 120 - - 71,5
240 240 240 10 17 21 164* 938 327 25 - 96 35 83,2
260 260 260 10 17,5 24 177* 1150 395 25 - 106 40 93
280 280 280 10,5 18 24 196* 1380 471 25 - 110 45 103
300 300 300 11 19 27 208* 1680 571 28 - 120 45 117
320 320 300 11,5 20,5 27 225* 1930 616 28 - 120 45 127
340 340 300 12 21,5 27 243* 2160 646 28 - 120 45 134
360 360 300 12,5 22,5 27 261* 2400 676 28 - 120 45 142
400 400 300 13,5 24 27 298* 2880 721 28 - 120 45 155
450 450 300 14 26 27 344* 3550 781 28 - 120 45 171
500 500 300 14,5 28 27 390* 4290 842 28 - 120 45 187
550 550 300 15 29 27 438* 4970 872 28 - 120 45 199
600 600 300 15,5 30 27 486* 5700 902 28 - 120 45 212
650 650 300 16 31 27 534* 6480 932 28 - 120 45 225
Medium-flange I-beams with parallel flange surfaces, I PE series (hot rolled) as in DIN 1025-5.
Bending axes Leg bores according to

Symbol Section dimensions
in cm3 DIN 997 Weight
d in
I PE h b s t r e 3) wx wy
Upper
limit1) w
kg/m
80 80 46 3,8 5,2 5 59 20 3,69 6,4 26 6

100 100 55 4,1 5,7 7 74 34,2 5,79 8,4 30 8,1
120 120 64 4,4 6,3 7 93 53 8,65 8,4 36 10,4
140 140 73 4,7 6,9 7 112 77,3 12,3 11 40 12,9
160 160 82 5 7,4 9 127 109 16,7 13 **) 44 15,8
180 180 91 5,3 8 9 146 146 22,2 13 50 18,8
200 200 100 5,6 8,5 12 159 194 28,5 13 56 22,4
220 220 110 5,9 9,2 12 177 252 37,3 17 60 26,2
240 240 120 6,2 9,8 15 190 324 47,3 17 68 30,7
270 270 135 6,6 10,2 15 219 429 62,2 21/17 72 36,1
300 300 150 7,1 10,7 15 248 557 80,5 23 80 42,2
330 330 160 7,5 11,5 18 271 713 98,5 25/23 86 49,1
360 360 170 8 12,7 18 298 904 123 25 90 57,1
400 400 180 8,6 13,5 21 331 1160 146 28/25 96 66,3
450 450 190 9,4 14,6 21 378 1500 176 28 106 77,6
500 500 200 10,2 16 21 426 1930 214 28 110 90,7
550 550 210 11,1 17,2 24 467 2440 254 28 120 106
600 600 220 12 19 24 514 3070 308 28 120 122
Page 4
NH Section 9.1: 2008-01
Round-edge steel channels as in DIN 1026-1.
Flange tapers:
up to h = 300 mm : 8%
over h = 300 mm : 5%
Bending axes Leg bores

Symbol Section dimensions in cm in cm3 according to Weight
DIN 997 in
d kg/m
U h b s t = r1 c r2 e 3) ey wx wy
Upper
limits1) 2) w
30 x 15 30 15 4 4,5 7,5 2 12 0,52 1,69 0,39 4,3 10 1,74
30 30 33 5 7 16,5 3,5 1 1,31 4,26 2,68 8,4 20 4,27
40 x 20 40 20 5 5,5 10 2,5 18 0,67 3,79 0,86 6,4 11 2,87
40 40 35 5 7 17,5 3,5 11 1,33 7,05 3,08 8,4 20 4,87
50 x 25 50 25 5 6 12,5 3 25 0,81 6,73 1,48 8,4 16 3,86
50 50 38 5 7 19 3,5 20 1,37 10,6 3,75 11 20 5,59
60 60 30 6 6 15 3 35 0,91 10,5 2,16 8,4 18 5,07
65 65 42 5,5 7,5 21 4 33 1,42 17,7 5,07 11 25 7,09
80 80 45 6 8 22,5 4 47 1,45 26,5 6,36 13 **) 25 8,64
100 100 50 6 8,5 25 4,5 64 1,55 41,2 8,49 13 30 10,6
120 120 55 7 9 27,5 4,5 82 1,6 60,7 11,1 17/13 30 13,4
140 140 60 7 10 30 5 97 1,75 86,4 14,8 17 35 16
160 160 65 7,5 10,5 32,5 5,5 116 1,84 116 18,3 21/17 35 18,8
180 180 70 8 11 35 5,5 133 1,92 150 22,4 21 40 22
200 200 75 8,5 11,5 37,5 6 151 2,01 191 27 23/21 40 25,3
220 220 80 9 12,5 40 6,5 166 2,14 245 33,6 23 45 29,4
240 240 85 9,5 13 42,5 6,5 185 2,23 300 39,6 25/23 45 33,2
260 260 90 10 14 45 7 201 2,36 371 47,7 25 50 37,9
280 280 95 10 15 47,5 7,5 216 2,53 448 57,2 25 50 41,8
300 300 100 10 16 50 8 232 2,7 535 67,8 28 55 46,2
320 320 100 14 17,5 43 8,75 247 2,6 679 80,6 28 58 59,5
350 350 100 14 16 43 8 283 2,4 734 75 28 58 60,6
380 380 102 13,5 16 44 8 313 2,38 829 78,7 28 60 63,1
400 400 110 14 18 48 9 325 2,65 1020 102 28 60 71,8
1)
The same tracing dimensions can be used for rivets and screws having smaller diameters than the max. diameters stated
here.
2)
When two d values are stated for a section, the smaller one is used for screws for high-strength connections (HV) as in
DIN EN 14399-4. The bigger diameter applies to rivets.
3)
Tracing dimensions for bars and rolled steel sections as in 997.
4)
When two tracing dimensions for w1 are stated for a section, the bigger one is used for screws for high-strength
connections (HV) as in DIN EN 14399-4.
)
* Values are not standardised. They have been taken from the booklet "STAHLBAU-PROFILE" (structural steel sections),
th
24 edition, by Verlag Stahleisen GmbH.
)
** Here the use of standardised screws for high-strength connections (HV) as in DIN EN 14399-4 is not possible.
Other sections:
- Narrow flange I-beams as in DIN 1025-1
- Wide flange I-beams with parallel flanges, series IPBI (HE-A) as in DIN 1025-3
- Wide flange I-beams with parallel flanges, series IPBv (HE-M) as in DIN 1025-4
- Zees with round edges as in DIN 1027
- Tee with radiused root as in DIN EN 10055
- Crane rails as in DIN 536-1
- Square and rectangular tubing as in DIN 10210-2
- Square and rectangular tubing as in DIN 10219-2
January 2008
Semi-finished products kept in stock NH

Section 9.2
Developed from SN 483

This Section on semi-finished products kept in stock is updated only for new editions of the Standards Book. For
this reason updated information on products kept in stock shall be taken from the STOR master data sets.
Parts whose stockkeeping will be discontinued are not stated in this Section.
Sec- Material Semi-finish. A Dimensions in mm

tion Material number prod. as in G Weight in kg/m
A 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
S355J2+N 1) G 2,47 5,55 9,86 15,4 22,2 30,2 39,5 49,9 61,7 74,6 88,8
1.0577 A 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Dimension 16 also in
G 104 121 139 158 178 200 223 247 S235JR+N
C60+N A 100 120 200

1.0601 DIN EN G 61,7 88,8 247
10060
42CrMo4+QT A 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
1.7225
G 9,86 15,4 22,2 39,5 61,7 88,8 121 158 200 247
X20Cr13+QT800 A 50 65 100 130 140 145 150 160 170 180 220
1.4021
G 15,4 26 61,7 104 120,8 129 138 157,8 178 199,7 298
18CrNiMo7-6+FP A 140 160 180 215

Dimensions
1.6587 correspond to
DIN G 121 158 200 285
forging
7527-6
S355J2+N 1) A 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 400 dimensions as in
1.0577 DIN 7527-6
G 298 355 417 483 555 631 713 799 986
S275JR+C A 5 6 8 10 12 16 20 24 25 30 40
1.0044+C
G 0,154 0,222 0,395 0,617 0,888 1,58 2,47 3,55 3,85 5,55 9,86
DIN EN
10278
A 50 55 70
S275JR+SH
Tolerance range h9
1.0044+SH
G 15,4 18,7 30,2
X5CrNi18-10 DIN EN A 0,9 2 1,4 mm also in galvanized steel

Wire Dimensions
1.4301* 10218 G 0,006 0,025 2 mm also in D9, annealed
A 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
S355J2+N 1) DIN EN G 3,14 4,91 7,07 12,6 19,6 28,3 38,5 50,2 63,6 78,5 95
1.0577 10059 A 120 130 2) 140 2)
G 113 133 154
A 5x5 6x6 8x7 10 x 8 12 x 8 14 x 14 16 x 10 20 x 12
G 0,196 0,283 0,44 0,628 0,754 1,54 1,26 1,88
C45+C DIN A 28 x 16 36 x 20 40 x 22 45 x 25 50 x 28 56 x 32 70 x 36 90 x 45
1.0503 6880 G 3,52 5,65 6,91 8,83 11 14,1 19,8 31,8
A 100 x 50
G 39,3
S235JR+N DIN EN A 20 x 3 30 x 3
1.0038 10 048 G 0,471 0,707
C 75 DIN EN A 0,1 x 200

1.0605 10140 G 0,157
* This material designation will be kept as search criterion in STOR.

Continued on pages 2 and 3
Page 2
NH Section 9.2: 2008-01
Sec- Material Semi-finish. A Dimensions in mm

tion Material number prod. as in G Weight in kg/m, for plates in kg/m²
A 30 x 6 30 x 10 30 x 20 40 x 5 40 x 8 40 x 10 40 x 15 40 x 20
G 1,41 2,36 4,71 1,57 2,51 3,14 4,71 6,28
A 40 x 25 50 x 5 50 x 8 50 x 10 50 x 15 50 x 20 50 x 25 60 x 5
G 7,85 1,96 3,14 3,93 5,89 7,85 9,81 2,36
A 60 x 8 60 x 10 60 x 12 60 x 15 60 x 20 60 x 25 60 x 30 60 x 40
G 3,77 4,71 5,65 7,07 9,42 11,8 14,1 18,8
S235JR+N DIN EN A 70 x 10 70 x 15 70 x 20 70 x 25 70 x 30 80 x 8 80 x 10 80 x 12
1.0038 10058 G 5,5 8,24 11 13,7 16,5 5,02 6,28 7,54
A 80 x 15 80 x 20 80 x 30 80 x 40 90 x 10 90 x 20 100 x 6 100 x 10
G 9,42 12,6 18,8 25,1 7,07 14,1 4,71 7,85
A 100 x 15 100 x 20 100 x 25 100 x 30 100 x 40 120 x 10 120 x 15 120 x 20
G 11,8 15,7 19,6 23,6 31,4 9,42 14,1 18,8
A 120 x 25 150 x 10 150 x 15 150 x 20
G 23,6 11,8 17,7 23,6
DC01+LC DIN EN A 0,5 1 1,5 2 It is recommended processing the products in steel DC01
1.0330 10131 G 3,9 7,85 11,8 15,7 within 6 weeks after their placing at disposal.
A 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 30
S235JR+N 3) G 23,6 31,4 39,3 47,1 62,8 78,5 94,2 117,8 157 196 235,5
1.0038 A 40 45 50 60 70 80 150
G 314 353,3 392,5 471 549,5 628 1177
DIN EN A 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80
10029
class A G 117,8 157 196 235,5 274,5 314 353,3 392,5 471 549,5 628
S355J2+N 4) A 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 200
Plate
1.0577 G 720 785 863,5 942 1040 1099 1177 1280 1334 1413 1570
A 210 230 240 250 270
G 1648 1805 1884 1962 2120
CuZn37-R350 A 0,1 x 400 2) 0,15 x 400 2) 0,2 x 400 0,5 x 600 1 x 1000 2 x 1000
CW508L DIN EN G 0,84 1,26 1,68 4,2 8,4 16,8
1652
Cu-DHP-R240 (DIN 1751*) A 0,7 1 2
CW024A G 6,2 8,9 17,8 Panel size 1000 x 2000
Al99,0-H12 A 1 2
DIN EN 485
EN AW-1200 G 2,7 5,4
A T5 T8 T 10 Dimensions correspond to plate thickness without bulbs.
S235JR+N
Panel size 1500 x 3000
1.0038
Bulb plate
DIN G 41,25 64,8 80,5

59220 A T5
Al
G 14,5
hydr. compon.
A 187 x 162 256 x 256 332 x 302

Castings for
EN-GJS-400-15
-
EN-JS 1030
G 247 478 732
* This standard will be kept as search criterion in STOR.

Page 3
NH Section 9.2: 2008-01
Semi- A Dimensions in mm
Sec- Material
finish. prod.
tion Material number G Weight in kg/m
as in
A 26,9 x 2,3 33,7 x 2,6 42,4 x 2,6 48,3 x 2,6 60,3 x 2,9 76,1 x 2,9
DIN EN
P235TR1 10216-1 G 1,4 1,99 2,55 2,93 4,11 5,24
1.0254 A 88,9 x 3,2 114,3 x 3,6 139,7 x 4 168,3 x 4,5 219,1 x 6,3
(DIN 2448)
G 6,76 9,83 13,4 18,2 33,1
A 6x1 8x1 8 x 1,5 10 x 1,5 12 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2,5
E235+N G 0,12 0,17 0,24 0,32 0,5 0,7 0,83

DIN EN
1.0308 10305-4 A 18 x 2 20 x 2,5 20 x 3 22 x 2 25 x 3 25 x 4 28 x 2
G 0,8 1,1 1,26 1 1,65 2,1 1,28
(DIN 2391)
A 30 x 4 30 x 5 35 x 2,5 38 x 3 38 x 5 38 x 6
G 2,6 3,1 2 2,6 4,06 4,74
A 6x1 8x1 10 x 1,5 12 x 2 16 x 2,5 20 x 3 25 x 4
DIN EN G 0,12 0,18 0,32 0,5 0,85 1,28 2,1
ISO A 30 x 5 38 x 3 38 x 6 42,4 x 2,6 48,3 x 2,6 48,3 x 8 60,3 x 2,9
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
1127
1.4571 h* G 3,13 2,6 4,74 2,59 2,93 7,93 4,17
(DIN 2462) A 60,3 x 10 76,1 x 2,9 76,1 x 12,5 88,9 x 3,2 88,9 x 14,2 114,3 x 3,6
G 12,6 5,24 19,9 6,86 26,6 9,98
A 25 x 25 x 3 30 x 30 x 3 40 x 40 x 4 50 x 50 x 5 50 x 50 x 7
G 1,12 1,36 2,42 3,77 5,15
DIN EN
10056 A 60 x 60 x 6 60 x 60 x 8 70 x 70 x 7 80 x 80 x 8 80 x 80 x 10
G 5,42 7,09 7,38 9,63 11,9
equal-leg
A 100 x 100 x 12 150 x 150 x 12
G 17,8 27,3
S235JR+N A 75 x 55 x 7 120 x 80 x 12 130 x 65 x 10 150 x 100 x 12 200 x 100 x 10

DIN EN
1.0038 10056 G 6,8 17,8 14,6 22,5 22,8
A 200 x 100 x 12
unequal leg
G 27,3
DIN A 100 120 140 160 200

IPB
1025-2 G 20,4 26,7 33,7 42,6 61,3
DIN A 40 80 100 120 140 160 200

1026-1 G 4,87 8,64 10,6 13,4 16 18,8 25,3
* This material designation will be kept as search criterion in STOR.
1)
Material selection:
Whenever possible use shall be made of the semi-finished products available from stock stated in this Section or of the
materials in the SMS Demag selection (see Standards Book NH Part 1).
The designation "St" is allowed for steel components with no particular strength requirements. In this case it is at the
maker's discretion to use semi-finished products such as plate, rounds C22, S275JR+C or pipe for manufacture. Suitability
for welding shall be taken into account.
When materials like S355 are indicated, the above procedure is used by analogy; the melting and treatment processes
can be freely chosen, but on condition that the tensile strength of the specified base material is achieved. Manufacture
from S275JR+C, S355JR+N, C35+N is possible.
2)
Supplier-dependent special dimensions, not in accordance with DIN.
3)
The stocked plates in S235JR have not undergone ultrasonic testing; so whenever necessary, such testing of parts
exposed to high dynamic loads shall be indicated in the drawings as follows: Ultrasonic testing as in DIN EN 10160,
quality class S2/E2 with certificate of ultrasonic testing and inspection document as in DIN EN 10204-3.1 or use of plate in
S355J2 instead.
4)
Stocked plates in S355J2 have been ultrasonically tested in accordance with DIN EN 10160, quality class S2/E2, with
certificate of ultrasonic testing and inspection document as in DIN EN 10204-3.1.
January 2008
Auxiliary and operating materials

NH
kept in stock Section 9.3
Selection
Dimensions
Designation Thick- Width Length Material-related data Remark
ness
mm mm mm
Sealing material
AFIT-MULTI sealing plate,

1 Material: aramide fiber
non-stick coated or graphitised For general sealing purposes.
Operat. pressure: max. 10 MPa
Supplier: Fa. Kuhn+Kaiser 1500 1500 The material is suitable for solvents, gases,
Operat. temperature: max. 300 °C
57339 Erndtebrück, hydrocarbonic materials, water and acids.
2 Density: 1,8 g/cm³
Germany
Runn. Material: PTFE For sealing bolted joints on pipe lines (used
Sealing tape ≈ 0,1 12,5
meter Permissible temp.: - 100 °C to + 260 °C e.g. instead of hemp)
Permiss. pressure: up to ≈ 1 MPa
2
Runn. Permiss. temp.: up to ≈ + 80 °C
Flat rubber with canvas lining 1000 For sealing of uneven (unmachined) surfaces.
meter Hardness: 60 Shore A
3 Oil resistance: good
Material: neoprene
Soft rubber with skin on all Runn. Permiss. temp.: up to ≈ + 70 °C
8 12 Use as wiper and for sealing purposes
sides meter Hardness: 15 Shore A
Oil resistance: good

High-temperature resistant insulating material
Permiss. temp.: up to +1260 °C
Ezeram ∅8 Resistant to: oil, steam, water, Used for the sealing of flaps, covers and
Round-twisted ceramic-fiber - - chemicals, liquid metal as insulating cord
cord ∅ 10 Particular feature: asbestos-free
Acrylic glass
4
Acrylic glass Forming
6 1200 2000 Workable by sawing, drilling, grinding, etc.
(e.g. Plexiglas) temperature: + 130 °C to +150 °C
10
Sealing compound
Permiss. temp.: - 40 °C to +200 °C Sealing of gear casings, machine and motor
Curil K2
Oil resistance: good housings, pumps, flanges, oil trays etc.
Fermit-Special Free from poison Used primarily for water lines
Cleaning agents
HAKU 1025-975
Cold-cleaning and degreasing agent
Supplier: Chem. Werke Kluthe GmbH Machine cleaning agent
Flash point: ca. + 104 °C
69008 Heidelberg, Germany
Lubricants
For assembly and running in of machine
Fett-Micro-Gleit GP 350 Permiss. temp.: - 25 °C to + 120 °C
elements, screws/bolts, pipe couplings,
slideways and guideways, plain and spherical
Colour: white
plain bearings, gear couplings
Air-hardening dry film lubricant,
Permiss. temp.: - 180 °C to + 450 °C for metal-to-metal connections at low to
MOLYKOTE-Spray D 321 Coefficient of friction: 0,075 medium speeds and high loads. Life-time
lubrication of highly stressed slide-ways at low
Colour: black-grey slide speeds, oscillating movements or
intermittent operation.
Permiss. temp.: - 40 °C to + 450 °C
Coefficients of friction: Assembly lubricant, reduces friction and wear.
MOLYKOTE Gn plus - for screws: 0,09 Prevents seizing and metal-to-metal contact.
- at 40 m2/kg: 0,07 Reduces fretting corrosion.
Colour: black
Continued on page 2
Page 2
NH Section 9.3: 2008-01
Designation Material-related data Remark

Lubricants
A lubrication-effective solid lubricant is left
after evaporation of the carrier oil.
MOLYKOTE Un
Compatible with natural rubber and plastics.
Colour: black
Reduces fretting corrosion.
Coefficients of friction: Solid lubricant paste with particularly low
Molykote G-Rapid plus (Molyday spray can)
- for screws: 0,10 coefficient of friction for assembly and running
solid lubricant paste
- crimped hose- in of metallic machine components.
end cover: 0,05
Grinding oil
Variocut G 600 SP
Adhesives acc. to SN 507
Loctite
Bonding of cylindrical joints, e.g. universal
Parts to be joined 75/AAV Permiss. temp.: - 55 °C to + 150 °C
joint shaft heads, bearings, etc.
Code No. 675
Loctite
Sealing and securing of pipe couplings
Pipe sealant, extra strong AVX Permiss. temp.: - 55 °C to + 150 °C
> 16 bar
Code No. 586
Loctite
Bonding of wear plates.
Medium-strength bolt securing agent Permiss. temp.: - 55 °C to + 150 °C
Securing of threaded connections.
Code No. 243
Loctite
Instant adhesive IS 406 Permiss. temp.: - 50 °C to + 80 °C Bonding of neoprene rubber seals.
Code No. 406
OMNIFIT
Sealing and securing of pipe couplings and
Low-strength pipe sealant Permiss. temp.: - 60 °C to + 150 °C
threaded fittings ≤ 16 bar.
Code No. 50 H
Technicoll
Bonding of wear plates, sliding liners,
Epoxy resin/hardener Permiss. temp.: up to + 150 °C
nameplates, reinforcements, scales, etc.
8266 Part A/8267 Part B
All products for which no suppliers are stated are available from technical dealers.
January 2008
Standard pipe dimensions

from the pipe classes of SN 901 NH
Section 10.1
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Steel pipes for systems with nominal pressure PN ≤ 1,6 MPa (16 bar)
Pipe outside dia. Wall thickness Pipe inside dia. Sectional area Weight Standard, material,
Technical delivery
of flow material number,
conditions
mm mm mm cm² kg / m (previous designation)
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49
16 2 12 1,13 0,69
DIN EN 10305-4
18 2 14 1,54 0,79
20 2,5 15 1,77 1,08 E235+N
1.0308
22 2 18 2,55 0,99 (St 37.4 NBK) DIN EN 10305-4
25 3 19 2,84 1,63
28 2 24 4,52 1,28 (NBK means: normalised,
bright-annealed, cold-drawn)
30 4 22 3,80 2,57
35 2,5 30 7,07 2,00
38 3 32 8,04 2,59
42,4 2,6 37,2 10,87 2,55
48,3 2,6 43,1 14,59 2,93
60,3 2,9 54,5 23,33 4,11 DIN EN 10216-1

76,1 2,9 70,3 38,82 5,24 P235TR1+N DIN EN 10216-1
88,9 3,2 82,5 53,46 6,76 1.0254
114,3 3,6 107,1 90,09 9,83 (St 37.0)
139,7 4 131,7 136,23 13,4
168,3 4,5 159,3 199,31 18,2
219,1 4,5 210,1 346,69 23,8 DIN EN 10217-1
P235TR1+N
273 5 263 543,25 33,0 DIN EN 10217-1
1.0254
(St 37.0)
323,9 5,6 312,7 767,97 44,0
Stainless steel pipes for systems with nominal pressure PN ≤ 1,6 MPa (16 bar)
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,83
18 2 14 1,54 0,79 DIN EN ISO 1127 DIN EN 10216-5
20 3 14 1,54 1,26 Seamless (S)
22 2 18 2,55 0,99 Tolerance: D4/T3
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 Delivery condition CFA
1.4571
28 2 24 4,52 1,28
30 5 20 3,14 3,08
35 2,5 30 7,07 2,00
38 3 32 8,04 2,59
42,4 2,6 37,2 10,87 2,55
48,3 2,6 43,1 14,59 2,93 DIN EN ISO 1127
DIN EN 10216-5
Seamless (s)
60,3 2,9 54,5 23,33 4,11
76,1 2,9 70,3 38,82 5,24 Tolerance: D3/T3
X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
Delivery condition CFA
88,9 3,2 82,5 53,46 6,76 1.4571
114,3 3,6 107,1 90,09 9,83
139,7 2,6 134,5 142,08 8,79 DIN EN ISO 1127
168,3 3 162,3 206,88 12,2 DIN EN 10217-7
Welded (w)
219,1 3 213,1 356,66 16,0 Tolerance: D2/T2
273 3 267 559,90 20,0 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
Delivery condition W1A
323,9 4 315,9 783,77 31,6 1.4571
Continued on page 2
Page 2
NH Section 10.1: 2008-01
Steel pipes for hydraulic systems with nominal pressures PN ≤ 25 MPa (250 bar)
Pipe outside dia. Wall thickness Pipe inside dia. Sectional area Weight Standard, material, Technical delivery
of flow material number, conditions
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49
DIN EN 10305-4
16 2 12 1,13 0,69
20 2,5 15 1,77 1,08 E235+N DIN EN 10305-4
1.0308
25 3 19 2,84 1,63
(St 37.4 NBK)
30 4 22 3,80 2,57
38 5 28 6,16 4,07
48,3 6,3 35,7 10,01 6,53
60,3 8 44,3 15,41 10,3 DIN EN 10216-3
P355N
76,1 10 56,1 24,72 16,3 DIN EN 10216-3
1.0562
88,9 11 66,9 35,15 21,1 (St 52.4)
114,3 14,2 85,9 57,95 35,0
Stainless steel pipes for hydraulic systems with nominal pressures PN ≤ 25 MPa (250 bar)
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49
DIN EN ISO 1127
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,83 DIN EN 10216-5
Seamless (s)
20 3 14 1,54 1,26 Tolerance: D4/T3
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
Delivery condition CFA
1.4571
30 5 20 3,14 3,08
38 6 26 5,31 4,74
48,3 8 32,3 8,19 7,95
DIN EN ISO 1127 DIN EN 10216-5
60,3 10 40,3 12,76 12,4 Seamless (s)
76,1 12,5 51,1 20,51 19,6 Tolerance: D2/T2
88,9 14,2 60,5 28,75 26,2 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 Delivery condition:
1.4571 CFA or HFD
114,3 20 74,3 43,36 46,5
Steel pipes for hydraulic systems with nominal pressures PN ≤ 31,5 MPa (315 bar)
Pipe outside dia. Wall thickness Pipe inside dia. Sectional area Weight Standard, material, Technical delivery
of flow material number, conditions
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49 DIN EN 10305-4
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,83
20 3 14 1,54 1,26 E235+N DIN EN 10305-4
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 1.0308
30 5 20 3,14 3,08 (St 37.4 NBK)
38 6 26 5,31 4,74
48,3 8 32,3 8,19 7,95
60,3 10 40,3 12,76 12,4 DIN EN 10216-3
P355N
76,1 12,5 51,1 20,51 19,6 DIN EN 10216-3
1.0562
88,9 14,2 60,5 28,75 26,2 (St 52.4)
114,3 20 74,3 43,36 46,5
Stainless steel pipes for hydraulic systems with nominal pressures PN ≤ 31,5 MPa (315 bar)
10 1,5 7 0,39 0,31
12 2 8 0,50 0,49
DIN EN ISO 1127
16 2,5 11 0,95 0,83 DIN EN 10216-5
Seamless (s)
20 3 14 1,54 1,26 Tolerance: D4/T3
25 4 17 2,27 2,07 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2
Delivery condition: CFA
1.4571
30 5 20 3,14 3,08
38 6 26 5,31 4,74
48,3 8 32,3 8,19 7,95
DIN EN ISO 1127 DIN EN 10216-5
60,3 10 40,3 12,76 12,4 Seamless (s)
76,1 12,5 51,1 20,51 19,6 Tolerance: D2/T2
88,9 14,2 60,5 28,75 26,2 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 Delivery condition:
1.4571 CFA or HFD
114,3 20 74,3 43,36 46,5
January 2008
Pipe couplings NH
Section 10.2
Selection
Dimensions in mm
Selection of pipe couplings, adapted to pipe dimensions of the pipe classes as in SN 901
SN 751 SN 877
Straight male stud coupling
Reducing coupling with U-ring Rotary coupling
with U-ring
Welding cone GUV GUR SKV
coupling
(AVIT)
Thread
of
union nut
PN 1) Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
d4
d1 d2 MPa SN 751 – GUV... Weight SN 751 – GUR... d3 Weight SN 877 – SKV... Weight
G 1/4A 10 x 1,5 G 1/4A 0,09 - - - 10 x 1,5 G 1/4A 0,18
10x1,5 M18 x 1,5
31,5 10 x 1,5 G 3/8A 0,11 - - - 10 x 1,5 G 3/8A 0,26
G 3/8A
12x2 M20 x 1,5 12 x 2 G 3/8A 0,12 12 x 2 G 1/4A G 1/4A 0,11 12 x 2 G 3/8A 0,27
16x2 25,0 16 x 2 G 1/2A 16 x 2 G 3/8A 16 x 2 G 1/2A
G 1/2A M24 x 1,5 0,20 G 3/8A 0,17 0,57
16x2,5 31,5 16 x 2,5 G 1/2A 16 x 2,5 G 3/8A 16 x 2,5 G 1/2A

20x2,5 25,0 20 x 2,5 G 3/4A 20 x 2,5 G 1/2A 20 x 2,5 G 3/4A
G 3/4A M30 x 2 0,32 G 1/2A 0,30 0,82
20x3 31,5 20 x 3 G 3/4A 20 x 3 G 1/2A 20 x 3 G 3/4A
25x3 25,0 25 x 3 G1 A 25 x 3 G 3/4A 25 x 3 G1 A
G1 A M36 x 2 0,56 G 3/4A 0,54 1,18
25x4 31,5 25 x 4 G1 A 25 x 4 G 3/4A 25 x 4 G1 A
30x4 25,0 30 x 4 G1 1/4A 30 x 4 G1 A 30 x 4 G1 1/4A
G1 1/4A M42 x 2 0,78 G1 A 0,72 1,94
30x5 31,5 30 x 5 G1 1/4A 30 x 5 G1 A 30 x 5 G1 1/4A
38x3 1,6 38 x 3 G1 1/2A 38 x 3 G1 1/4A 38 x 3 G1 1/2A
38x5 G1 1/2A 25,0 M52 x 2 38 x 5 G1 1/2A 1,16 38 x 5 G1 1/4A G1 1/4A 1,10 38 x 5 G1 1/2A 3,45
38x6 31,5 38 x 6 G1 1/2A 38 x 6 G1 1/4A 38 x 6 G1 1/2A
SN 752
Straight weld-on coupling Straight coupling T pipe coupling Elbow coupling
GAV WV
GV TV
Welding cone coupling
(AVIT)
Thread
of
PN 1) union nut Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
d1 MPa d4 SN 752 – GAV... Weight SN 752 – GV... Weight SN 752 – TV... Weight SN 752 – WV... Weight
10 x 1,5 M 18 x 1,5 10 x 1,5 0,08 10 x 1,5 0,14 10 x 1,5 0,22 10 x 1,5 0,15
31,5
12 x 2 M 20 x 1,5 12 x 2 0,12 12 x 2 0,17 12 x 2 0,28 12 x 2 0,19
16 x 2 25,0 16 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2
M 24 x 1,5 0,18 0,29 0,49 0,33
16 x 2,5 31,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5
20 x 2,5 25,0 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5
M 30 x 2 0,30 0,47 0,74 0,51
20 x 3 31,5 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3
25 x 3 25,0 25 x 3 25 x 3 25 x 3 25 x 3
M 36 x 2 0,52 0,83 1,49 0,90
25 x 4 31,5 25 x 4 25 x 4 25 x 4 25 x 4
30 x 4 25,0 30 x 4 30 x 4 30 x 4 30 x 4
M 42 x 2 0,66 1,20 1,72 1,22
30 x 5 31,5 30 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 5
38 x 3 1,6 38 x 3 38 x 3 38 x 3 38 x 3
38 x 5 25,0 M 52 x 2 38 x 5 1,10 38 x 5 1,67 38 x 5 2,70 38 x 5 1,88
38 x 6 31,5 38 x 6 38 x 6 38 x 6 38 x 6

Page 2
NH Section 10.2 : 2008-01
SN 732 SN 753
Straight bulkhead pipe Pressure test and vent
Elbow bulkhead coupling Pressure-gauge coupling
coupling coupling
GSV WSV DEV MAV
Welding cone coupling
(AVIT)
Thread
of
d1 MPa d4 SN 732 – GSV... Wght. SN 732 – WSV... Wght. SN 753 – DEV... Wght. SN 753 – MAV-S.. d3 Wght.
10 x 1,5 M18 x 1,5 10 x 1,5 0,20 10 x 1,5 0,21 10 x 1,5 0,25 10 x 1,5 G 1/2A 0,14
31,5 G 1/2A
12 x 2 M20 x 1,5 12 x 2 0,27 12 x 2 0,28 12 x 2 0,28 12 x 2 G 1/2A 0,15
16 x 2 25,0 16 x 2 16 x 2 16 x 2 - - -
M24 x 1,5 0,40 0,44 0,38
16 x 2,5 31,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 16 x 2,5 - - -
20 x 2,5 25,0 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 20 x 2,5 - - -
M30 x 2 0,64 0,51 0,62
20 x 3 31,5 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 - - -
25 x 3 25,0 25 x 3 25 x 3 25 x 3 - - -
M36 x 2 1,05 0,90 0,89
25 x 4 31,5 25 x 4 25 x 4 25 x 4 - - -
30 x 4 25,0 30 x 4 30 x 4 30 x 4 - - -
M42 x 2 1,33 1,22 1,11
30 x 5 31,5 30 x 5 30 x 5 30 x 5 - - -
38 x 3 1,6 38 x 3 38 x 3 38 x 3 - - -
38 x 5 25,0 M52 x 2 38 x 5 2,15 38 x 5 1,88 38 x 5 1,73 - - -
38 x 6 31,5 38 x 6 38 x 6 38 x 6 - - -
SN 807 Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
Welding cone Pertaining Pertaining
O-rings (continued) O-rings
AK SN 807 – AK ... d1 d2 Weight SN 430 - ... SN 807 – AK ... d1 d2 Weight SN 430 - ...
10 x 1,5 10 7 0,02 7,5 x 1,5 25 x 4 25 17 0,11 20,3 x 2,4
12 x 2 12 8 0,02 9 x 1,5 30 x 4 22 0,14
30 25,3 x 2,4
16 x 2 12 0,03 30 x 5 20 0,17
16 12 x 2
16 x 2,5 11 0,04 38 x 3 32 0,22
20 x 2,5 15 0,06 38 x 5 38 28 0,25 33,3 x 2,4
20 16,3 x 2,4
20 x 3 14 0,06 38 x 6 26 0,28
25 x 3 25 19 0,09 20,3 x 2,4 - - - - -
SN 807 Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
Reducing welding cone Pertaining Pertaining
O-rings (continued) O-rings
ARK SN 807 – ARK ... d1 d2 Weight SN 430 - ... SN 807 – ARK ... d1 d2 Weight SN 430 – ...
12/10 x 1,5 0,02 9 x 1,5 30/16 x 2,5 16 11
10 7
16/10 x 1,5 0,03 30/20 x 2,5 15 0,17
12 x 2 20
16/12 x 2 12 8 0,04 30/20 x 3 14 25,3 x 2,4
20/10 x 1,5 10 7 30/25 x 3 19
25 0,16
20/12 x 2 12 8 0,07 30/25 x 4 17
16,3 x 2,4
20/16 x 2 12 38/10 x 1,5 10 7
16 0,32
20/16 x 2,5 11 0,08 38/12 x 2 12 8
25/10 x 1,5 10 7 0,13 38/16 x 2 12
16
25/12 x 2 12 8 0,15 38/16 x 2,5 11
0,28
25/16 x 2 12 38/20 x 2,5 15
16 20,3 x 2,4 20 33,4 x 2,4
25/16 x 2,5 11 0,11 38/20 x 3 14
25/20 x 2,5 15 38/25 x 3 19
20 25 0,27
25/20 x 3 14 0,12 38/25 x 4 17
30/10 x 1,5 10 7 38/30 x 4 22
0,22 30 0,26
30/12 x 2 12 8 25,3 x 2,4 38/30 x 5 20
30/16 x 2 16 12 0,17 - - - - -

Page 3
NH Section 10.2 : 2008-01
SN 887 SN 880 SN 718

Elbow coupling Straight intermediate socket
Double nipple
with sealing cone
WS GZ DU
Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)

Thread of Thread of
PN 1) union nut PN 1) union nut PN
MPa SN 887-WS… d1 d4 Wght. MPa SN 880-GZ… d1 d4 L1 Wght. MPa SN 811-VK… i l SW Wght.
10 x 1,5 10 M 18 x 1,5 0,09 10 – S 10 M 18 x 1,5 35 0,07 G 1/4 A 19 0,06
31,5 63,0 12 40
12 x 2 12 M 20 x 1,5 0,15 12 – S 12 M 20 x 1,5 38 0,10 G 3/8 A 22 0,08
25,0 16 x 2 16 – S 16 M 24 x 1,5 42 0,17 G 1/2 A 14 50 27 0,15
16 M 24 x 1,5 0,18
40,0 16 x 2,5 20 – S 20 M 30 x 2 48 0,26 40,0 G 3/4 A 16 55 32 0,26
40,0
25,0 20 x 2,5 25 – S 25 M 36 x 2 53 0,48 G1 A 18 60 41 0,40
20 M 30 x 2 0,26
31,5 20 x 3 30 – S 30 M 42 x 2 62 0,61 G 1 1/4 A 20 65 50 0,52
25,0 25 x 3 31,5 38 – S 38 M 52 x 2 67 0,83 G 1 1/2 A 22 70 55 0,77
25 M 36 x 2 0,51
31,5 25 x 4 10 – L 10 M 16 x 1,5 34 0,05 - - - - - -
30 x 4 31,5 12 – L 12 M 18 x 1,5 34 0,07 - - - - - -
25,0 30 M 42 x 2 0,69
30 x 5 18 – L 18 M 26 x 1,5 38 0,17 - - - - - -
38 x 5 22 – L 22 M 30 x 2 44 0,24 - - - - - -
25,0 38 M 52 x 2 1,06
38 x 6 28 – L 28 M 36 x 2 48 0,32 - - - - - -
16,0
- - - - - 35 – L 35 M 45 x 2 52 0,45 - - - - - -
- - - - - 42 – L 42 M 52 x 2 57 0,74 - - - - - -
SN 888 WALFORM
The WALFORM process is used to shape a pipe end in such a way that it only has to be provided with a soft seal (SN 881)
and then can be assembled with any 24° coupling (according to DIN EN ISO 8434-1, SN 883 and others).
Design notes
- WALFORM can be used with any 24° coupling.
- In the bills of materials only compression ferrule pipe couplings of series S should be specified.
- Minimum pipe lengths for clamping and shaping shall be complied with.
- At the moment only the shaping of pipes having the dimensions of series S is possible; tools for other dimensions are not
available in the workshop.
- Frequent use shall be made of couplings such as pipe reducers (SN 882) or elbow couplings (SN 884).
- Use shall be made only of pipes according to DIN EN 10305-4 made of E235+N and having tolerances according to
DIN EN 10305-4.
- Use shall be made only of pipes according to DIN EN ISO 1127 (seamless) made of material X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)
and having the tolerances D4/T3 according to DIN EN 10216-5.

Page 4
NH Section 10.2 : 2008-01
SN 883 SN 882
Straight male stud coupling with profile packing Tapered pipe reducer with sealing cone
GE-R-ED RED
Compression ring
coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread of Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)

PN 1) union nut O-ring
d1 MPa d4 SN 883 – GE ... d2 Wght. SN 882 – RED ... d2 Wght. SN 430 -...
6 M 14 x 1,5 6 – SR – ED G 1/4A 0,05 - - - -
8 M 16 x 1,5 8 – SR – ED G 1/4A 0,06 - - - -
10 – SR – ED G 3/8A 0,09 - - - -
10 63,0 M 18 x 1,5
10 – S/R 1/4 – ED G 1/4A 0,07 10/ 8 – S 0,08 7,5 x 1,5
8
12 – SR – ED G 3/8A 0,10 12/ 8 – S 0,09
12 M 20 x 1,5 9 x 1,5
12 – S/R 1/4 – ED G 1/4A 0,09 12/10 – S 10 0,11
16 – SR – ED G 1/2A 0,16 16/ 8 – S 8 0,15
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 – S/R 3/8 – ED G 3/8A 0,15 16/10 – S 10 0,15 12 x 2
- - - 16/12 – S 12 0,16
20 – SR – ED G 3/4A 0,26 20/10 – S 10 0,21
20 M 30 x 2 20 – S/R 1/2 – ED G 1/2A 0,25 20/12 – S 12 0,21 16,3 x 2,4
- - - 20/16 – S 16 0,26
25 – SR – ED G1 A 0,49 25/10 – S 10 0,33
40,0
25 – S/R 3/4 – ED G 3/4A 0,46 25/12 – S 12 0,33
25 M 36 x 2 20,3 x 2,4
- - - 25/16 – S 16 0,37
- - - 25/20 – S 20 0,44
30 – SR – ED G1 1/4A 0,66 30/12 – S 12 0,44
30 – S/R1 – ED G1 A 0,60 30/16 – S 16 0,49
30 M 42 x 2 25,3 x 2,4
- - - 30/20 – S 20 0,54
- - - 30/25 – S 25 0,67
38 – SR – ED G1 1/2A 0,90 38/16 – S 16 0,77
38 – S/R1 1/4 – ED G1 1/4A 0,90 38/20 – S 20 0,81
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 33,3 x 2,4
- - - 38/25 – S 25 0,85
- - - 38/30 – S 30 0,88
6 M 12 x 1,5 6 – LR – ED G 1/8A 0,02 - - - -
8 M 14 x 1,5 8 – LR – ED G 1/4A 0,04 - - - -
10 M 16 x 1,5 10 – LR – ED G 1/4A 0,05 - - - -
31,5 12 – LR – ED G 3/8A 0,07 - - - -
12 M 18 x 1,5
12 – L/R 1/4 – ED G 1/4A 0,06 12/10 – L 10 0,07 9 x 1,5
18 – LR – ED G 1/2A 0,14 18/10 – L 12 0,13
18 M 26 x 1,5 15 x 1,5
18 – L/R 3/8 – ED G 3/8A 0,13 18/12 – L 12 0,17
22 – LR – ED G 3/4A 0,19 22/10 – L 10 0,18
22 M 30 x 2 22 – L/R 1/2 – ED G 1/2A 0,18 22/12 – L 12 0,19 20 x 2
- - - 22/18 – L 18 0,24
28 – LR – ED G1 A 0,27 28/10 – L 10 0,30
28 – L/R 3/4 – ED G 3/4A 0,27 28/12 – L 12 0,31
28 M 36 x 2 26 x 2
- - - 28/18 – L 18 0,38
16,0 - - - 28/22 – L 22 0,39
35 – LR – ED G1 1/4A 0,43 35/18 – L 18 0,39
35 M 45 x 2 35 – L/R1 – ED G1 A 0,41 35/22 – L 22 0,42 32 x 2,5
- - - 35/28 – L 28 0,43
42 – LR – ED G1 1/2A 0,58 42/22 – L 22 0,67
42 M 52 x 2 42 – L/R1 1/4 – ED G1 1/4A 0,57 42/28 – L 28 0,68 38 x 2,5
- - - 42/35 – L 35 0,70

Page 5
NH Section 10.2 : 2008-01
SN 517
Straight bulkhead pipe coupling Angular bulkhead coupling Weld-in bulkhead coupling
SV WSV ESV
Compression ring
coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread
of
d1 MPa d4 SN 517 – SV ... Weight SN 517 – WSV ... Weight SN 517 – ESV ... d8 Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 6–S 0,10 6–S 0,11 6–S 20 0,17
8 M 16 x 1,5 8–S 0,13 8–S 0,14 8–S 22 0,21
63,0
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 – S 0,18 10 – S 0,20 10 – S 25 0,27
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 – S 0,22 12 – S 0,23 12 – S 28 0,32
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 – S 0,34 16 – S 0,39 16 – S 35 0,58
20 M 30 x 2 20 – S 0,57 20 – S 0,61 20 – S 38 0,74
40,0
25 M 36 x 2 25 – S 0,92 25 – S 1,05 25 – S 45 1,15
30 M 42 x 2 30 – S 1,11 30 – S 1,36 30 – S 50 1,35
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 38 – S 1,81 38 – S 2,06 38 – S 60 1,97
6 M 12 x 1,5 6–L 0,06 6–L 0,07 6–L 18 0,13
8 M 14 x 1,5 8–L 0,08 8–L 0,10 8–L 20 0,16
10 31,5 M 16 x 1,5 10 – L 0,11 10 – L 0,12 10 – L 22 0,18
12 M 18 x 1,5 12 – L 0,14 12 – L 0,15 12 – L 25 0,23
18 M 26 x 1,5 18 – L 0,33 18 – L 0,37 18 – L 32 0,47
22 M 30 x 2 22 – L 0,43 22 – L 0,49 22 – L 36 0,57
28 M 36 x 2 28 – L 0,57 28 – L 0,68 28 – L 40 0,65
16,0
35 M 45 x 2 35 – L 0,86 35 – L 1,04 30 – L 50 1,03
42 M 52 x 2 42 – L 1,24 42 – L 1,51 42 – L 60 1,48
SN 884
Adjustable Adjustable 45° angular Adjustable
T connecting sockets connecting sockets angular connection sockets
Compression ring ET EV EW
coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread
of
PN 1) union nut O-ring Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
d1 MPa d4 SN 430 - ... SN 884 – ET ... Weight SN 884 – EV ... Weight SN 884 – EW ... Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 4 x 1,5 6–S 0,10 6–S 0,06 6–S 0,06
8 M 16 x 1,5 6 x 1,5 8–S 0,12 8–S 0,08 8–S 0,08
63,0
10 M 18 x 1,5 7,5 x 1,5 10 – S 0,17 10 – S 0,12 10 – S 0,12
12 M 20 x 1,5 9 x 1,5 12 – S 0,21 12 – S 0,14 12 – S 0,14
16 M 24 x 1,5 12 x 2 16 – S 0,38 16 – S 0,26 16 – S 0,26
20 M 30 x 2 16,3 x 2,4 20 – S 0,58 20 – S 0,41 20 – S 0,41
40,0
25 M 36 x 2 20,3 x 2,4 25 – S 1,07 25 – S 0,75 25 – S 0,75
30 M 42 x 2 25,3 x 2,4 30 – S 1,36 30 – S 0,96 30 – S 0,96
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 33,3 x 2,4 38 – S 2,06 38 – S 1,43 38 – S 1,43
6 M 12 x 1,5 4 x 1,5 6–L 0,06 6–L 0,04 6–L 0,04
8 M 24 x 1,5 6 x 1,5 8–L 0,08 8–L 0,06 8–L 0,06
10 31,5 M 16 x 1,5 7,5 x 1,5 10 – L 0,11 10 – L 0,07 10 – L 0,07
12 M 18 x 1,5 9 x 1,5 12 – L 0,14 12 – L 0,10 12 – L 0,10
18 M 26 x 1,5 15 x 2 18 – L 0,34 18 – L 0,24 18 – L 0,24
22 M 30 x 2 20 x 2 22 – L 0,45 22 – L 0,33 22 – L 0,33
28 M 36 x 2 26 x 2 28 – L 0,66 28 – L 0,49 28 – L 0,49
16,0
35 M 45 x 2 32 x 2,5 35 – L 0,97 35 – L 0,69 35 – L 0,69
42 M 52 x 2 38 x 2,5 42 – L 1,46 42 – L 1,08 42 – L 1,08

Page 6
NH Section 10.2 : 2008-01
SN 788
Straight male stud coupling Straight male stud coupling
with metric thread with NPT thread
Compression ring GE – M – ED GE – NPT
coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread
of Designations and weights (weight in kg/unit)
PN 1) union nut
d1 MPa d4 SN 788 – GE ... d2 Weight SN 788 – GE ... d2 Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 6 – SM – ED M 12 x 1,5 0,05 6 – S / 1/4 NPT
1/4 – 18 NPT 0,06
8 M 16 x 1,5 8 – SM – ED M 14 x 1,5 0,06 8 – S / 1/4 NPT
63,0
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 – SM – ED M 16 x 1,5 0,09 10 – S / 3/8 NPT 0,08
3/8 – 18 NPT
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 – SM – ED M 18 x 1,5 0,11 12 – S / 3/8 NPT 0,10
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 – SM – ED M 22 x 1,5 0,17 16 – S / 1/2 NPT 1/2 – 14 NPT 0,17
20 M 30 x 2 20 – SM – ED M 27 x 2 0,26 20 – S / 3/4 NPT 3/4 – 14 NPT 0,26
40,0
25 M 36 x 2 25 – SM – ED M 33 x 2 0,48 25 – S / 1 NPT 1 – 11,5 NPT 0,49
30 M 42 x 2 30 – SM – ED M 42 x 2 0,66 30 – S / 1 1/4 NPT 1 1/4 – 11,5 NPT 0,64
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 38 – SM – ED M 48 x 2 0,93 38 – S / 1 1/2 NPT 1 1/2 – 11,5 NPT 0,93
6 M 12 x 1,5 6 – LM – ED M 10 x 1 0,03 6 – L / 1/8 NPT 1/8 – 27 NPT 0,02
8 M 14 x 1,5 8 – LM – ED M 12 x 1,5 0,04 8 – L / 1/4 NPT 1/4 – 18 NPT 0,04
10 31,5 M 16 x 1,5 10 – LM – ED M 14 x 1,5 0,05 10 – L / 1/4 NPT 1/4 – 18 NPT 0,05
22 M 30 x 2 22 – LM – ED M 26 x 1,5 0,19 22 – L / 3/4 NPT 3/4 – 14 NPT 0,20
28 M 36 x 2 28 – LM – ED M 33 x 2 0,27 28 – L / 1 NPT 1 – 11,5 NPT 0,38
16,0
35 M 45 x 2 35 – LM – ED M 42 x 2 0,44 35 – L / 1 1/4 NPT 1 1/4 – 11,5 NPT 0,46
42 M 52 x 2 42 – LM – ED M 48 x 2 0,60 42 – L / 1 1/2 NPT 1 1/2 – 11,5 NPT 0,62
SN 832
Straight coupling Elbow coupling T pipe coupling
G W T
Compression ring
coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread
PN 1) union nut
d1 MPa d4 SN 832 – G... Weight SN 832 – W... Weight SN 832 – T... Weight
6 M 14 x 1,5 6–S 0,06 6–S 0,09 6–S 0,12
8 M 16 x 1,5 8–S 0,08 8–S 0,12 8–S 0,13
63,0
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 – S 0,11 10 – S 0,16 10 – S 0,19
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 – S 0,14 12 – S 0,21 12 – S 0,22
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 – S 0,23 16 – S 0,28 16 – S 0,40
20 M 30 x 2 20 – S 0,37 20 – S 0,42 20 – S 0,60
40,0
25 M 36 x 2 25 – S 0,68 25 – S 0,79 25 – S 1,11
30 M 42 x 2 30 – S 0,81 30 – S 1,02 30 – S 1,40
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 38 – S 1,27 38 – S 1,59 38 – S 2,17
6 M 12 x 1,5 6–L 0,04 6–L 0,05 6–L 0,07
8 M 14 x 1,5 8–L 0,05 8–L 0,08 8–L 0,10
10 31,5 M 16 x 1,5 10 – L 0,07 10 – L 0,10 10 – L 0,11
12 M 18 x 1,5 12 – L 0,09 12 – L 0,14 12 – L 0,14
18 M 26 x 1,5 18 – L 0,20 18 – L 0,25 18 – L 0,36
22 M 30 x 2 22 – L 0,27 22 – L 0,33 22 – L 0,46
28 M 36 x 2 28 – L 0,33 28 – L 0,45 28 – L 0,61
16,0
35 M 45 x 2 35 – L 0,52 35 – L 0,71 35 – L 0,95
42 M 52 x 2 42 – L 0,78 42 – L 1,09 42 – L 1,41

Page 7
NH Section 10.2 : 2008-01
SN 789 SN 878 SN 865

Adjustable angular
Weld-on pipe coupling Straight male studs with sealing cones
male stud coupling
AS EGE – R – ED WH
Compression ring
coupling
(ERMETO)
Thread
PN 1) union nut PN 1)
d1 MPa d4 SN 789 – AS ... d2 Wght. SN 878 – EGE ... d2 Wght. MPa SN 865 – WH... d2 Wght.
6 M 14 x 1,5 6–S 11 0,04 6 SR – ED 0,05 6 SR – KDS
G 1/4A G 1/4 A 0,13
8 M 16 x 1,5 8–S 13 0,05 8 SR – ED 0,06 8 SR – KDS
63,0 40,0
10 M 18 x 1,5 10 – S 15 0,07 10 SR – ED 0,09 10 SR – KDS 0,22
G 3/8A G 3/8 A
12 M 20 x 1,5 12 – S 17 0,09 12 SR – ED 0,10 12 SR – KDS 0,23
16 M 24 x 1,5 16 – S 21 0,15 16 SR – ED G 1/2A 0,17 16 SR – KDS G 1/2 A 0,39
31,5
20 M 30 x 2 20 – S 26 0,24 20 SR – ED G 3/4A 0,27 20 SR – KDS G 3/4 A 0,70
40,0
25 M 36 x 2 25 – S 31 0,44 25 SR – ED G1 A 0,49 25,0 25 SR – KDS G1 A 1,29
30 M 42 x 2 30 – S 36 0,54 30 SR – ED G1 1/4A 0,69 30 SR – KDS G1 1/4 A 1,80
16,0
38 31,5 M 52 x 2 38 – S 44 0,79 38 SR – ED G1 1/2A 0,93 38 SR – KDS G1 1/2 A 2,66
6 M 12 x 1,5 6–L 10 0,02 6 LR – ED G 1/8A 6 LR – KDS G 1/8 A 0,06
0,03
8 M 14 x 1,5 8–L 12 0,03 8 LR – ED G 1/4A 8 LR – KDS
G 1/4 A 0,12
10 31,5 M 16 x 1,5 10 – L 14 0,04 10 LR – ED G 1/4A 0,05 31,5 10 LR – KDS
12 M 18 x 1,5 12 – L 16 0,05 12 LR – ED G 3/8A 0,10 12 LR – KDS G 3/8 A 0,21
18 M 26 x 1,5 18 – L 22 0,13 18 LR – ED G 1/2A 0,14 18 LR – KDS G 1/2 A 0,39
22 M 30 x 2 22 – L 27 0,18 22 LR – ED G 3/4A 0,20 22 LR – KDS G 3/4 A 0,67
28 M 36 x 2 28 – L 32 0,27 28 LR – ED G1 A 0,29 28 LR – KDS G1 A 1,13
16,0 16,0
35 M 45 x 2 35 – L 40 0,39 35 LR – ED G1 1/4A 0,50 35 LR – KDS G1 1/4 A 1,66
42 M 52 x 2 42 – L 46 0,56 42 LR – ED G1 1/2A 0,72 42 LR – KDS G1 1/2 A 2,43
SN 455 SN 591
Socket type pipe reducer for high and low-pressure hoselines
RI
Screwed plug > female thread Screwed plug < female thread
PN PN
MPa SN 455 – RI ... d1 d2 Weight MPa SN 591 – RI ... d1 d2 Weight
1/4 – ED x 1/8 G 1/4A 1/8 – ED x 1/4 G 1/4A 0,04
G 1/8A 0,04 G 1/8A
3/8 – ED x 1/8 1/8 – ED x 3/8 0,06
G 3/8A G 3/8A
63,0 3/8 – ED x 1/4 0,07 1/4 – ED x 3/8 0,07
G 1/4A 63,0
1/2 – ED x 1/4 0,06 1/4 – ED x 1/2 G 1/4A G 1/2A 0,12
G 1/2A
1/2 – ED x 3/8 G 3/8A 0,09 1/4 – ED x 3/4 G 3/4A 0,17
3/4 – ED x 1/4 G 1/4A 0,10 3/8 – ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,13
G 3/8A
3/4 – ED x 3/8 G 3/4A G 3/8A 0,09 3/8 – ED x 3/4 0,18
G 3/4A
3/4 – ED x 1/2 0,14 1/2 – ED x 3/4 0,18
G 1/2A
1 – ED x 1/2 0,20 1/2 – ED x 1 G 1/2A G1 A 0,22
40,0
1 – ED x 3/8 G 3/8A 0,18 1/2 – ED x 1 1/4 G1 1/4A 0,48
40,0 G1 A
1 – ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,16 3/4 – ED x 1 G1 A 0,24
1 – ED x 3/4 G 3/4A 0,27 3/4 – ED x 1 1/4 G 3/4A G1 1/4A 0,48
1 1/4 – ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,31 31,5 3/4 – ED x 1 1/2 G1 1/2A 0,56
1 1/4 – ED x 3/4 G1 1/4A G 3/4A 0,27 40,0 1 – ED x 1 1/4 G1 1/4A 0,50
G1 A
1 1/4 – ED x 1 G1 A 0,46 1 – ED x 1 1/2 0,59
31,5 G1 1/2A
1 1/2 – ED x 1/2 G 1/2A 0,47 1 1/4 – ED x 1 1/2 G1 1/4A 0,62
1 1/2 – ED x 3/4 G 3/4A 0,40 - - - - -
31,5 G1 1/2A
1 1/2 – ED x 1 G1 A 0,34 - - - - -
1 1/2 – ED x 1 1/4 G1 1/4A 0,54 - - - - -
25,0 2 – ED x 1 1/2 G2 A G1 1/2A 0,99 - - - - -

Page 8
NH Section 10.2 : 2008-01
SN 811 DIN 3869 SN 881

Plug cone Profile sealing ring Walform soft seal
VK WF-WD

PN Nominal for pipe
MPa SN 811-VK ... d l Wght. size thread d1 d2 h1 h2 WF-WD… d Wght.
6 6 10 G 1/8 A 8,4 11,9 1,0 0,5 10 10
25
8 8 0,01 14 G 1/4 A 11,6 16,5 1,5 0,8 12 12
63,0
10 10 17 G 3/8 A 14,7 18,9 1,5 0,8 16 16
18
12 12 0,02 21 G 1/2 A 18,5 23,9 1,5 0,8 16 16
16 16 20 0,03 27 G 3/4 A 23,9 29,2 1,5 0,8 20 20
20 20 22 0,06 33 G1 A 29,7 35,7 2,0 1,0 20 20
40,0
25 25 24 0,10 42 G1 1/4 A 38,8 45,8 2,0 1,0 25 25 0,001
30 30 26 0,15 48 G1 1/2 A 44,7 50,7 2,0 1,0 25 25
31,5 38 38 28 0,26 - - - - - - 30 30
31,5 18 18 21 0,05 - - - - - - 30 30
22 22 23 0,08 - - - - - - 38 38
28 28 25 0,13 - - - - - - 38 38
16,0
35 35 27 0,22 - - - - - - 38 38
42 42 29 0,33 - - - - - - - - -
DIN 3861 SN 862 SN 555

Weld-on pipe coupling with sealing cone Shut-off valve
Compression ring
(PN ≤ 4,0 MPa) for low pressure (PN ≤ 1,0 MPa)
B K V
with valve open
SW

SW
DIN 3861-… d Wght. SN 862 - K … d1 l SW Wght. SN 555 - V… d h l Hexagon Octagon Wght.
BS 6 6 17,2 x 2 17,2 40 27 0,08 6 G 1/4 55 50 18 - 0,12
0,002
BS 8 8 21,3 x 2 21,3 48 32 0,11 10 G 3/8 21 - 0,20
65 65
BS 10 10 26,9 x 2 26,9 55 41 0,19 16 G 1/2 27 - 0,24
0,003
BS 12 12 33,7 x 2 33,7 62 50 0,32 20 G 3/4 75 75 32 - 0,36
BS 16 16 0,006 42,4 x 2 42,4 68 60 0,42 25 G 1 95 90 41 - 0,65
BS 20 20 0,011 48,3 x 2 48,3 75 70 0,75 32 G 1 1/4 115 110 - 50 1,04
BS 25 25 0,013 60,3 x 2 60,3 80 85 0,91 40 G 1 1/2 130 120 - 55 1,38
BS 30 30 0,018 76,1 x 2 76,1 90 100 1,40 50 G 2 145 150 - 70 2,32
BS 38 38,3 0,022 88,9 x 2 88,9 100 120 2,32 - - - - - - -
BL 18 18 0,006 - - - - - - - - - - - -
BL 22 22 0,007 - - - - - - - - - - - -
BL 28 28 0,009 - - - - - - - - - - - -
BL 35 35,3 0,019 - - - - - - - - - - - -
BL 42 42,3 0,022 - - - - - - - - - - - -
1)
MPa refers to the permissible nominal pressure of the complete coupling.
January 2008
Flanges Welding fittings

NH
Section 10.3
Selection
Dimensions in mm
SAE flanges with welding collars according to SN 532
LAA
L LBLB
A A
inside dia.
outside dia.
outside dia.
inside dia.
T
Flanged connection, type A Flange coupling, type B
3000 PSI (PN according to pipe dimension)

Screws Nut O-ring
PN Pipe connection
ISO 4762 - 8.8 ISO 4032 SN 430
A T LA LB M Ordering example 1)
MPa Outs. dia. Ins. dia.
max. max. max. Type A Type B 8 NBR
A 1/2“-3/ 20,0 x 2,5 St
20 14 17,5 38,1 30 60 24,3 M 8x25 M 8x40 M 8 18,64x3,53
B 1/2“-3/ 20,0 x 2,5 St
A 3/4“-3/ 25,0 x 3,0 St

30 20 22,3 47,6 35 70 32,2 M 10x40 24,99x3,53
B 3/4“-3/ 25,0 x 3,0 St
25,0 M 10x30
A 1 “-3/ 30,0 x 4,0 St
38 28 26,2 52,4 40 80 38,5 M 10 32,92x3,53
B 1 “-3/ 30,0 x 4,0 St
M 10x45
A 1 1/4“-3/ 38,0 x 3,0 St
42,4 33 30,2 58,7 45 90 43,7 M 10x35 37,69x3,53
B 1 1/4“-3/ 38,0 x 3,0 St
A 1 1/2“-3/ 48,3 x 2,6 St
48,3 42 35,7 69,9 50 100 50,8 47,22x3,53
B 1 1/2“-3/ 48,3 x 2,6 St
20,0 M 12x35 M 12x50
A 2 “-3/ 60,3 x 2,9 St
60,3 52 42,9 77,8 60 120 62,8 M 12 56,74x3,53
B 2 “-3/ 60,3 x 2,9 St
A 2 1/2“-3/ 76,1 x 2,9 St
16,0 76,1 65 50,8 88,9 70 140 74,9 M 12x40 M 12x60 69,44x3,53
B 2 1/2“-3/ 76,1 x 2,9 St
A 3 “-3/ 88,9 x 3,2 St
10,0 88,9 81 61,9 106,4 80 160 90,9 M 16x45 M 16x70 85,32x3,53
B 3 “-3/ 88,9 x 3,2 St
A 4 “-3/ 114,3 x 3,6 St
114,3 106 77,8 130,2 80 160 115,0 M 16 110,72x3,53
B 4 “-3/ 114,3 x 3,6 St
2,5 M 16x50 M 16x80
A 5 “-3/ 139,7 x 4,0 St
139,7 132 92,1 152,4 80 160 140,5 136,12x3,53
B 5 “-3/ 139,7 x 4,0 St
6000 PSI (PN according to pipe dimension)
Screws Nut O-ring
PN Pipe connection
ISO 4762 - 8.8 ISO 4032 SN 430
A T LA LB M Ordering example 1)
MPa Outs. dia. Ins. dia.
max. max. max. Type A Type B 8 NBR
A 1/2“-6/ 20,0 x 3,0 St
20 14 18,2 40,5 40 80 24,6 M 8x 30 M 8x 45 M 8 18,64x3,53
B 1/2“-6/ 20,0 x 3,0 St
A 3/4“-6/ 25,0 x 4,0 St
30 20 23,8 50,8 45 90 32,5 M 10x 35 M 10x 50 M 10 24,99x3,53
B 3/4“-6/ 25,0 x 4,0 St
A 1 “-6/ 30,0 x 5,0 St
38 28 27,8 57,2 50 100 38,8 M 12x 40 M 12x 65 M 12 32,92x3,53
B 1 “-6/ 30,0 x 5,0 St
40,0
A 1 1/4“-6/ 38,0 x 6,0 St
42,4 33 31,8 66,7 55 110 44,5 M 14x 45 M 14x 70 M 14 37,69x3,53
B 1 1/4“-6/ 38,0 x 6,0 St
A 1 1/2“-6/ 48,3 x 8,0 St
48,3 42 36,5 79,4 60 120 51,6 M 16x 50 M 16x 80 M 16 47,22x3,53
B 1 1/2“-6/ 48,3 x 8,0 St
A 2 “-6/ 60,3 x10,0 St
60,3 52 44,5 96,8 70 140 67,6 M 20x 60 M 20x100 M 20 56,74x3,53
B 2 “-6/ 60,3 x10,0 St
A 2 1/2“-6/ 88,9 x14,2 St
88,9 65 58,7 123,8 75 150 89,5 M 24x 80 M 24x120 M 24 85,32x3,53
B 2 1/2“-6/ 88,9 x14,2 St
32,0
A 3 “-6/ 114,3 x20,0 St
114,3 81 71,4 152,4 80 160 114,5 M 30x100 M 30x140 M 30 110,72x3,53
B 3 “-6/ 114,3 x20,0 St
1)
Other pipe sizes and materials can also be specified in accordance with the above standard taking into account
the pipe sizes and materials laid down in the pipe classes of SN 901.
Continued on pages 2 and 3
Page 2
NH Section 10.3 : 2008-01
Flanges for low-pressure lines up to PN 16 bar
Welding neck flange PN 16 Weight

DN d1 b h s D k DIN 2633
DIN 2633 kg/unit
32 42,4 42 140 100 C 32 / 42,4 x 2,6 – S235JR+N 1,69
16 2,6
40 48,3 45 150 110 C 40 / 48,3 x 2,6 – S235JR+N 1,86
50 60,3 165 125 C 50 / 60,3 x 2,9 – S235JR+N 2,53
18 45 2,9
65 76,1 185 145 C 65 / 76,1 x 2,9 – S235JR+N 3,06
80 88,9 50 3,2 200 160 C 80 / 88,9 x 3,2 – S235JR+N 3,70
20
100 114,3 52 3,6 220 180 C 100 / 114,3 x 3,6 – S235JR+N 4,62
125 139,7 4,0 250 210 C 125 / 139,7 x 4,0 – S235JR+N 6,30
22 55
150 168,3 4,5 285 240 C 150 / 168,3 x 4,5 – S235JR+N 7,75
200 219,1 24 62 5,9 340 295 C 200 / 219,1 x 5,9 – S235JR+N 11,00
Blind flange PN 16 Weight
DN - b - - D k DIN 2527
DIN 2527 kg/unit
32 - - - 140 100 B 32 PN 16 42,4 – S235JR+N 1,80
16
40 - - - 150 110 B 40 PN 16 48,3 – S235JR+N 2,09
50 - - - 165 125 B 50 PN 16 60,3 – S235JR+N 2,88
18
65 - - - 185 145 B 65 PN 16 76,1 – S235JR+N 3,70
80 - - - 200 160 B 80 PN 16 88,9 – S235JR+N 4,83
20
100 - - - 220 180 B 100 PN 16 114,3 – S235JR+N 5,75
125 - - - 250 210 B 125 PN 16 139,7 – S235JR+N 8,59
22
150 - - - 285 240 B 150 PN 16 168,3 – S235JR+N 10,60
200 - 24 - - 340 295 B 200 PN 16 219,1 – S235JR+N 16,50
Pertaining screws/bolts, nuts and seals to be separately specified in conjunction with PN 16 steel flanges for
machine piping
Screws/bolts Nut Gaskets
DN for flange … ISO 4032 DIN EN 1514-1
Quantity
connection coupling 8 Material NP 815
32 IBC- 32 PN 40-2 Flange
M 16 x 40
connection
40 IBC- 40 PN 40-2
4 M 16 x 60
50 IBC- 50 PN 40-2
65 M 16 IBC- 65 PN 40-2
M 16 x 40 ISO 4017 ISO 4017
80 IBC- 80 PN 40-2
8.8 8.8
galvanised galvanised
100 M 16 x 70 IBC-100 PN 16-2 Flange
8 coupling
125 M 16 x 45 IBC-125 PN 16-2
150 M 20 x 45 IBC-150 PN 16-2

M 20 x 80 M 20
200 12 M 20 x 50 IBC-200 PN 16-2
Arrangement of the bolt holes acc. to DIN 2501
Every flange is provided with a number of bolt holes that can be divided by four. Bolt holes on pipelines and fittings shall be
arranged symmetrically to the two main axes and shall not lie on these axes.
Page 3
NH Section 10.3 : 2008-01
Butt welding fittings for low-pressure pipelines up to PN 16 bar

Welding elbow 2) Weight
DN d1 s r - - - DIN 2605-...
DIN 2605-1 kg/unit
32 42,4 48 - - - 90 - 3- 42,4 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,19
2,6
40 48,3 57 - - - 90 - 3- 48,3 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,26
50 60,3 76 - - - 90 - 3- 60,3 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 0,49
2,9
65 76,1 95 - - - 90 - 3- 76,1 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 0,79
80 88,9 3,2 114 - - - 90 - 3- 88,9 x 3,2 – P235TR1+N 1,22
100 114,3 3,6 152 - - - 90 - 3- 114,3 x 3,6 – P235TR1+N 2,35
125 139,7 4,0 190 - - - 90 - 3- 139,7 x 4,0 – P235TR1+N 4,01
150 168,3 4,5 229 - - - 90 - 3- 168,3 x 4,5 – P235TR1+N 6,52
200 219,1 4,5 305 - - - 90 - 3- 219,1 x 4,5 – P235TR1+N 15,80
T-piece Weight
DN d1 s - - a b DIN 2615-...
DIN 2615-1 kg/unit
32 42,4 - - 48 48 42,4 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,49
2,6
40 48,3 - - 57 57 48,3 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,69
50 60,3 - - 64 64 60,3 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 0,99
2,9
65 76,1 - - 76 76 76,1 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 1,68
80 88,9 3,2 - - 86 86 88,9 x 3,2 – P235TR1+N 2,33
100 114,3 3,6 - - 105 105 114,3 x 3,6 – P235TR1+N 4,00
125 139,7 4,0 - - 124 124 139,7 x 4,0 – P235TR1+N 6,90
150 168,3 4,5 - - 143 143 168,3 x 4,5 – P235TR1+N 10,70
200 219,1 4,5 - - 178 178 219,1 x 4,5 – P235TR1+N 18,30
Reducing tee Weight
DN d1 s1 d2 s2 a b DIN 2615-...
DIN 2615-1 kg/unit
32 42,4 33,7 48 48 42,4 x 2,6 – 33,7 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,49
2,6
40 48,3 42,4 2,6 57 57 48,3 x 2,6 – 42,4 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,69
50 60,3 48,3 64 60 60,3 x 2,9 – 48,3 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,99
2,9
65 76,1 60,3 76 70 76,1 x 2,9 – 60,3 x 2,9 - P235TR1+N 1,68
2,9
80 88,9 3,2 76,1 86 83 88,9 x 3,2 – 76,1 x 2,9 - P235TR1+N 2,33
100 114,3 3,6 88,9 3,2 105 98 114,3 x 3,6 – 88,9 x 3,2 - P235TR1+N 4,00
125 139,7 4,0 114,3 3,6 124 117 139,7 x 4,0 – 114,3 x 3,6 - P235TR1+N 6,90
150 168,3 4,5 139,7 4,0 143 137 168,3 x 4,5 – 139,7 x 4,0 - P235TR1+N 10,70
200 219,1 4,5 168,3 4,5 178 168 219,1 x 4,5 – 168,3 x 4,5 - P235TR1+N 18,30
Pipe reducer Weight
DN d1 s1 d2 s2 l - DIN 2616-...
DIN 2616-2 kg/unit
Type K 32 42,4 33,7 50 - K 42,4 x 2,6 – 33,7 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,15
2,6
40 48,3 42,4 2,6 64 - K 48,3 x 2,6 – 42,4 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,18
50 60,3 48,3 76 - K 60,3 x 2,9 – 48,3 x 2,6 - P235TR1+N 0,30
2,9
65 76,1 60,3 - K 76,1 x 2,9 – 60,3 x 2,9 - P235TR1+N 0,40
2,9 90
80 88,9 3,2 76,1 - K 88,9 x 3,2 – 76,1 x 2,9 - P235TR1+N 0,56
100 114,3 3,6 88,9 3,2 100 - K114,3 x 3,6 – 88,9 x 3,2 - P235TR1+N 0,95
125 139,7 4,0 114,3 3,6 127 - K139,7 x 4,0 – 114,3 x 3,6 - P235TR1+N 1,60
150 168,3 4,5 139,7 4,0 140 - K168,3 x 4,5 – 139,7 x 4,0 - P235TR1+N 2,50
200 219,1 4,5 168,3 4,5 152 - K219,1 x 4,5 – 168,3 x 4,5 - P235TR1+N 4,30
Cap Weight
DN d1 s h - - - DIN 2617-...
DIN 2617 kg/unit
32 42,4 - - - 42,4 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,13
2,6
40 48,3 - - - 48,3 x 2,6 – P235TR1+N 0,20
38
50 60,3 - - - 60,3 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 0,28
2,9
65 76,1 - - - 76,1 x 2,9 – P235TR1+N 0,34
80 88,9 3,2 51 - - - 88,9 x 3,2 – P235TR1+N 0,53
100 114,3 3,6 64 - - - 114,3 x 3,6 – P235TR1+N 1,00
125 139,7 4,0 76 - - - 139,7 x 4,0 – P235TR1+N 1,70
150 168,3 4,5 89 - - - 168,3 x 4,5 – P235TR1+N 2,65
200 acc. to DIN 28011 - Torispherical heads
Other wall thicknesses and materials can also be specified in accordance with the above standards taking into
account the wall thicknesses and materials laid down in the pipe classes of SN 901.
2)
For cost-effective manufacture of pipelines, the bending of pipes shall be preferred to the welding-in of elbows, see SN
740.
January 2008
Pipe fasteners NH
Section 10.4
Dimensions in mm
Pipe fasteners for low-pressure lines
Pipe clips Spacers Pipe clips Spacers
DIN 1592 SN 428 DIN 1593 SN 428
Pipe out-
side dia.
Pertaining screws Pertaining screws

Designation Designation Designation Designation
ISO 4017 - ... - ISO 4017 - ... -
DIN 1592 -...- Weight SN 428 -...- Weight DIN 1593-...- Weight SN 428 - ... - Weight
8.8 8.8
St kg/unit St kg/unit St kg/unit St kg/unit
6 7 0,007 A 7 0,063 7 0,011 B 7 0,098
8 9 0,011 A 9 0,077 9 0,018 B 9 0,107
M 6 x 12
10
13 1) 0,014 A 13 0,092 13 0,020 M 6 x 12 B 13 0,117
12
16
19 0,040 M 10 x 16 A 19 0,156 19 0,025 B 19 0,138
18
20
21,3 23 0,094 A 23 0,302 23 0,057 B 23 0,223

22
25 26 0,105 A 26 0,312 26 0,061 B 26 0,229
26,9 M 10 x 16
28,5 0,108 M 12 x 20 A 28,5 0,326 28,5 0,066 B 28,5
28 0,247
30 31 0,119 A 31 0,34 31 0,069 B 31
33,7
36 0,176 A 36 0,606 36 0,166 B 36 0,473
35
38 39 0,185 A 39 0,637 39 0,174 B 39 0,492
42,4 43 0,208 A 43 0,707 43 0,187 B 43 0,529
M 12 x 20
48,3 49 0,378 M 16 x 25 A 49 0,825 49 0,200 B 49 0,539
60,3 61 0,456 A 61 0,903 61 0,333 B 61 1,071
76,1 - - - - - 77 0,405 B 77 1,304
88,9 - - - - - 91 0,764 M 16 x 25 B 91 1,476
114,3 - - - - - 115 0,930 B 115 1,696
139,7 - - - - - 142 2) 2,260 M 20 x 35 B 142 5,077
168,3 - - - - - 171 2) 2,620 M 20 x 40 B 171 5,642
Steel straps Pipe clips
DIN 3570 SN 432
Designation Pertaining nuts Designation Pertaining screws

Pipe outside DIN 3570 - ... - Weight ISO 4032 - ... - Pipe outside SN 432 - ... - Weight DIN 7513 - ... -
diameter steel, galvanised kg/unit 8 diameter St kg/unit C15, galvanised
25,0 2x 6 0,013
A 30 0,094
26,9 3x 6 0,014
30,0 6 4x 6 0,015
A 38 0,105
33,7 M 10 5x 6 0,017
38,0 6x 6 0,018
A 46 0,12
42,4 2x 8 0,014
48,3 A 52 0,129 3x 8 0,016
60,3 A 64 0,222 8 4x 8 0,018 BE M 6 x 12
76,1 A 82 0,259 M 12 5x 8 0,02
88,9 A 94 0,288 6x 8 0,021
114,3 A 120 0,64 2 x 10 0,016
139,7 A 148 0,727 M 16 3 x 10 0,018
168,3 A 176 0,834 10 4 x 10 0,021
219,1 A 228 1,698 M 20 5 x 10 0,023
- - - - 6 x 10 0,025
For footnote, see page 2 Continued on page 2
Page 2
NH Section 10.4 : 2008-01
Pipe fasteners for high-pressure lines
SN 734
Pipe clamps
Base clamps Set-up clamps
Pipe
outside
dia.
Weight Designation Weight Designation

kg/unit SN 734 - ... kg/unit SN 734 - ...
10 SPAL 3010 PP – DPAL – AS 3010 PP – SIP – AF
12 SPAL 3012 PP– DPAL – AS 3012 PP – SIP – AF
16 0,33 SPAL 3016 PP – DPAL – AS 0,13 3016 PP – SIP – AF
17,2 SPAL 3017,2 PP– DPAL – AS 3017,2 PP – SIP – AF
20 SPAL 4020 PP – DPAL – AS 0,2 4020 PP – SIP – AF
21,3 SPAL 4021,3 PP – DPAL – AS 4021,3 PP – SIP – AF
0,42
26,9 SPAL 4026,9 PP – DPAL – AS 4026,9 PP – SIP – AF
0,18
28 SPAL 4028 PP– DPAL – AS 4028 PP – SIP – AF
33,7 0,51 SPAL 5033,7 PP – DPAL – AS 5033,7 PP – SIP – AF
0,23
38 0,5 SPAL 5038 PP – DPAL – AS 0,21 5038 PP – SIP – AF
42,4 1,29 SPAL 6042 PP – DPAL – AS 0,95 6042 PP – SIP – AF
48,3 1,28 SPAL 6048,3 PP – DPAL – AS 0,93 6048,3 PP – SIP – AF
114,3 5,87 SPAL 8114 PP– DPAL – AS 4,75 8114 PP – SIP – AF
139,7 8,75 SPAL 9140 PP – DPAL – AS 7,5 9140 PP – SIP – AF
168,3 8,31 SPAL 9168 PP– DPAL – AS 7 9168 PP – SIP – AF
219,1 23,2 SPAL 10219 PP– DPAL – AS 17 10219 PP – SIP – AF
Pipe clamp Weight kg/unit
SN 916
DN d1 h1 G F Gf
G 40 = plain bearing 100 114,3 100 4,9 4,3 4,6

G 41 = plain bearing 45°
125 139,7 113 5,6 5,0 5,3
F 40 = fixed bearing
150 168,3 130 5,9 5,3 5,5
F 41 = fixed bearing 45°
200 219,1 160 9,7 8,8 9,2
Gf 40 = Plain bearing with

side guide 250 273,0 190 11,4 10,5 11,0
Gf 41 = Plain bearing 45°
with side guide
300 323,9 217 13,0 12,1 12,5
1)
This pipe clip shall be specified according to DIN 1596.
2)
This pipe clip shall be specified according to SN 589.
January 2008
High and low-pressure hoselines NH

Section 10.5
Dimensions in mm
High-pressure hoseline 1)
SN 756
Complete hoselines
with hose fitting for welding cone couplings
Type A Type F Type G
from DN 6 to DN 40 from DN 6 to DN 32 from DN 6 to DN 32
90° 45°
Operating pressure
MPa
Weight Weight Weight
DN Dynamic Static d4 Nominal size kg/m Nominal size l5 -8 kg/m Nominal size l4 -8 kg/m

6 40,0 60,0 M 18 x 1,5 HA 6 x l 0,51 HF 6 x l 39 0,51 HG 6 x l 22 0,51
8 35,0 56,0 M 20 x 1,5 HA 8 x l 0,58 HF 8 x l 39 0,60 HG 8 x l 24 0,60
12 41,5 66,0 M 24 x 1,5 4 HA 12 x l 1,27 4 HF12 x l 50 1,31 4 HG12 x l 25 1,29
16 M 30 x 2 4 HA 16 x l 1,77 4 HF16 x l 55 1,85 4 HG16 x l 30 1,83
35,0 50,0
20(19) M 36 x 2 4 HA 20 x l 2,47 4 HF20 x l 63 2,39 4 HG20 x l 34 2,37
25 38,0 55,0 M 42 x 2 4SHA 25 x l 3,40 4SHF25 x l 80 3,92 4SHG25 x l 41 3,80
32(31) 35,0 50,0 M 52 x 2 4SHA 32 x l 4,63 4SHF32 x l 98 5,41 4SHG32 x l 52 5,19
40(38) 29,0 42,0 M 68 x 2 4SHA 40 x l 6,22 - - - - - -
SN 756
Complete hoseline with SAE flange joint
6000 PSI
from DN 12 to DN 40;
pertaining SAE flange SN 532
Type C Type D Type E
90° 45°
Operating
pressure
Flange
MPa size
Weight Weight Nominal Weight
DN Dynamic Static 6000 psi Nominal size kg/m Nominal size l5 -8 kg/m size l4 -8 kg/m
12 41,5 66,0 4 HC 12 1,17 4 HD 12 47 1,26 4 HE 12 25 1,29
1/2“
16 4 HC 16 1,61 4 HD 16 58 1,61 4 HE 16 26 1,81
35,0 50,0
20(19) 3/4“ 4 HC 20 2,05 4 HD 20 66 2,21 4 HE 20 30 2,27
25 38,0 55,0 1 “ 4SHC 25 3,28 4SHD 25 78 3,32 4SHE 25 39 3,60
32(31) 35,0 50,0 4SHC 32 4,59 4SHD 32 105 4,79 4SHE 32 53 4,91
1 1/2“
40(38) 29,0 42,0 4SHC 40 6,02 4SHD 40 115 6,32 4SHE 40 58 7,04
Examples of application are given on page 5.
For footnotes, see page 2 Continued on pages 2 to 5

Page 2
NH Section 10.5 : 2008-01
High-pressure hoseline 1)
SN 759
Connection sockets
AVIT male studs AVIT weld-on sockets
from DN 6 to DN 40 from DN 6 to DN 40
Type GUV Type GAV
Nominal size Weight Nominal size Weight

DN SN 759 – GUV ... d2 d4 kg/unit SN 759 – GAV ... d1 d4 kg/unit
6 10 / G 3/8 A – 1+ 5 G 3/8A M 18 x 1,5 0,05 10 x 1,5 – 1 10 M 18 x 1,5 0,04
8 12 / G 3/8 A – 1+ 5 G 3/8A M 20 x 1,5 0,06 12 x 2 – 1 12 M 20 x 1,5 0,05
12 16 / G 1/2 A – 1+ 5 G 1/2A M 24 x 1,5 0,09 16 x 2,5 – 1 16 M 24 x 1,5 0,07
16 20 / G 3/4 A – 1+ 5 G 3/4A M 30 x 2 0,15 20 x 3 – 1 20 M 30 x 2 0,14
20(19) 25 / G1 A – 1+ 5 G1 A M 36 x 2 0,27 25 x 4 – 1 25 M 36 x 2 0,22
25 30 / G1 1/4 A – 1+ 5 G1 1/4A M 42 x 2 0,42 30 x 5 – 1 30 M 42 x 2 0,32
32(31) 38 / G1 1/2 A – 1+ 5 G1 1/2A M 52 x 2 0,56 38 x 6 – 1 38 M 52 x 2 0,51
SN 756 SN 775
Complete hoseline Hoses
with hose fitting for solderless pipe coupling
from DN 6 to DN 8 from DN 6 to DN 40
Type B
Operating
pressure
MPa
Weight d1 d3 Bending radius Weight
DN Dynamic Static Nominal size d3 kg/m Type min. max. r min. kg/m
HB 6 x l 6 0,43
6 40,0 64,0 HB 6 x l 8 0,43 2SN 6 6,2 15,7 100 0,35
HB 6 x l 10 0,43
8 35,0 56,0 HB 8 x l 12 0,50 2SN 8 7,7 17,3 115 0,40
12 41,5 66,0 - - - 4SP 12 12,3 25,9 230 0,87
16 - - - 4SP 16 15,5 29,0 250 1,19
35,0 50,0
20 (19) - - - 4SP 20 18,6 33,0 300 1,49
25 38,0 55,0 - - - 4SH 25 25,0 39,9 340 2,08
32 (31) 35,0 50,0 - - - 4SH 32 31,4 47,1 460 2,51
40 (38) 29,0 42,0 - - - 4SH 40 37,7 55,1 560 3,42
(Values in brackets indicate the nominal diameter in ISO)
1)
High-pressure hoselines of DN 6, 8, 12 and 16 are also used for low-pressure lines.
2)
The length shall be specified as appropriate but with due regard to the standard lengths.
3)
Connection to a compression ferrule pipe coupling.
Page 3
NH Section 10.5 : 2008-01
Low-pressure hoseline
SN 544- 1 SN 775
Complete hoselines Hoses
Type A
for DN 20
with hoseline-end sleeve mountings
Type B
for DN 25 to DN 100
with hoseline-end clamping shell mountings
Operat.
pressure
Smallest Weight
DN MPa Nominal size d3 bending radius Type d1 d2 kg/m
20 NA 20 G 3/4 70 N 20 19 31 0,8
25 NB 25 G1 80 N 25 25 37 0,9
32 NB 32 G 1 1/4 90 N 32 32 44 1,2
40 NB 40 G 1 1/2 110 N 40 38 51 1,4
1,6
50 NB 50 G2 130 N 50 50 66 2,1
63 NB 63 G 2 1/2 160 N 63 63 79 2,7
75 NB 75 G3 180 N 75 75 91 3,3
100 NB100 G4 250 N100 100 116 4,7
SN 544- 1
Complete hoseline with SAE flange connection
3000 PSI
from DN 25 to DN 100
pertaining SAE flange SN 532
Type NE Type NF Type NG
90 ° 45 °
Operat. Flange size

pressure
Weight Weight Weight
DN MPa 3000 PSI Nominal size kg/m Nominal size l5 kg/m Nominal size l4 kg/m
25 1 “ NE 25 1,52 NF 25 55 1,70 NG 25 25 1,58
32 1 1/4“ NE 32 2,08 NF 32 65 2,36 NG 32 27 2,16
40 1 1/2“ NE 40 2,58 NF 40 75 3,16 NG 40 30 2,70
50 1,6 2 “ NE 50 4,44 NF 50 100 5,16 NG 50 40 4,68
63 2 1/2“ NE 63 6,34 NF 63 120 7,92 NG 63 60 6,84
75 3 “ NE 75 7,38 NF 75 145 9,30 NG 75 73 8,10
100 4 “ NE100 13,18 NF100 185 17,16 NG100 92 14,80
Examples of application are given on page 5.

Page 4
NH Section 10.5 : 2008-01
Low-pressure hoseline
SN 544- 4
Types of connection to the hoselines
Double nipple Weld-on nipple
Type C Type D
Operat.
pressure
Weight
Weight L3 kg/unit
DN MPa Nominal size d kg/unit Nominal size d for steel for 1.4571 St 1.4571
20 C 20 G 3/4 A 0,08 D 20 G 3/4 A 30 60 0,07 0,13
25 C 25 G1 A 0,10 D 25 G1 A 35 70 0,11 0,23
32 C 32 G 1 1/4 A 0,15 D 32 G 1 1/4 A 35 70 0,15 0,31
40 C 40 G 1 1/2 A 0,31 D 40 G 1 1/2 A 35 70 0,19 0,38
1,6
50 C 50 G2 A 0,41 D 50 G2 A 45 90 0,34 0,68
63 C 63 G 2 1/2 A 0,69 D 63 G 2 1/2 A 45 90 0,49 0,98
75 C 75 G3 A 0,83 D 75 G3 A 45 90 0,58 1,15
100 C100 G4 A 1,19 D100 G4 A 60 120 1,13 2,25
SN 545- 3
Coupling
Blind plug
for clamping rings for cam connectors
Type D Type E
Operat.
pressure
Weight Weight
DN MPa Nominal size kg/unit Nominal size kg/unit
32
40 D 50 0,31 E 50 0,45
50 1,6
63
D 75 0,77 E 75 1,2
75
SN 545- 1
Coupling
Clamping ring Cam connector
Type A Type B
Operat.
pressure
Weight Weight
DN MPa Nominal size d1 kg/unit Nominal size d2 kg/unit
32 A 32 G 1 1/4 A 0,84
40 A 40 G 1 1/2 A 0,88 B 50 G2 0,34
50 1,6 A 50 G2 A 0,90
63 A 63 G 2 1/2 A 2,10
B 75 G3 0,85
75 A 75 G3 A 2,30
Page 5
NH Section 10.5 : 2008-01
The illustrations are given only as a help for better understanding of the possible applications.
Examples of application: for high-pressure hoseline
Flange connection
Coupling
SN 532 F
SN 884 EW
Hoseline
Hoseline SN 756 HC
SN 756 HB Mail stud
SN 759 GUV Flange connection
SN 532 F
Pipe
Coupling
SN 832 T
Pipe
Male stud
SN 759 GUV
Hoseline
SN 756 HA
Male stud Coupling
SN 759 GUV SN 753 DEV
Zwischenstutzen
Intermediate socket
SN 880
SN 880
Examples of application: for low-pressure hoselines
Double nipple
DIN EN 10241 Double nipple
Elbow SN 544-4
DIN EN 10241
Hoseline
Coupling SN 544-1
SN 545-1
Hose fitting Welding nipple
SN 544-3 SN 544-4
Pipe
Hose
SN 775
T-piece
DIN EN 10241
Double nipple Hose fitting Blind plug

SN 544-4 SN 544-3 SN 545-3
Pipe
Cam connector
Socket Coupling Hose fitting Welding nipple SN 545-1
DIN EN SN 545-1 SN 544-3 SN 544-4
10241
Hoseline fitting
SN 544-3
Hose
Pipe Pipe SN 775
Hose Hose fitting
SN 775 SN 544-3
Revisions of January 2008
Part 1: Materials
- Reference to CAD-STOR library.
- Reference to file of materials in CAD-SAP.
- Revision of data on materials.
Part 2: Drilling and thread depths

Thread selection series and undercuts
- Change from SN 480 into NH Part 2.
- Addition of hole centerline tolerance.
Part 3: Curves, diagonals, undercuts

- Table 2: cancelling of permissible deviation.
- Figures 15 & 16: change of Z into Z1 and Z2.
a
- Figure 17: change of into a; table 6, types E and F: change of dimensions.
2
Part 4: Permissible bolt loads

Tightening torques, pretensioning tools
- Addition of degrees in table on page 2.
- Cancelling of tightening unit types HPR 1000 and HPR 2500.
- Page 6: addition of type SD55, cancelling of type 2250 and type 3722.
- Change of s dimension 150 into 155 and of v dimension 320 into 310.
Part 5: Design instructions on fasteners

Screws and bolts, nuts, washers in conjunction with countersinks/counterbores
and/or holes;
Foundation anchoring elements
- Change from SN 531 into NH Section 5.1.
- In the table of counterbore similar to DIN 3852-2: change of dimension b1.
5)
- Page 3: addition of footnote .
- Page 5, counterbores for eye bolt: change of dimension d5,
addition of load ring.
- Addition of threaded bolt SN 172.
- Shuttering sleeve: change from DIN EN 10220 into DIN EN 10296-1.
- NH Section 5.3: addition of load ring thread.
Part 6: Mechanical fasteners

Screws, bolts, nuts; setscrews, pins, studs and other fasteners;
washers and retaining elements, locknuts and locking plates
- Hexagon head bolts DIN 931-2: change of weight from kg per 1000 pieces into kg per piece
1)
Continued on page 2
Page 2
Revisions: 2008-01
Part 7: Parallel keys

- Change of thread indication from t6 into t4.
Part 8: Axle holders, pins, bushings

- Cancelling of designation example
Pins without head
Pins with head
Plain-bearing bushes
- Change from SN 364-1 into NH Section 8.4.
Bushes for hydraulic cylinders
Bushings for plain bearings with lubrication holes and grooves for rotating bearing movements
1
WearComp/Fibrecomp
- Addition of NH Section 8.7
Part 9: Structural steel sections

- Rounds: extension of table.
- Change of plate 150 into 90.
- Castings for hydraulic components: addition of size 204 x 204.
Change of material number,
change from DIN EN 10204 - 3.1 B into DIN EN 10204 - 3.1.
Auxiliary and operating materials kept in stock
- Sealing tape: change of permissible temperature from +300 into +260 °C.
- Change from Nikutex 1459 into HAKU 1025-975.
Part 10: Standard pipe dimensions from the pipe classes of SN 901
- Change of designation from Chapter into Section.
- Change of material standard from DIN EN 10220 into DIN EN 10216-1 and into DIN EN 10217-1 for the range
PN ≤ 1,6 MPa in steel.
- Technical delivery conditions changed from DIN EN 10218-5 into DIN EN 10216-5 for the range
PN ≤ 1,6 MPa in stainless steel.
- Change of material standard for PN ≤ 25 MPa in steel.
- Change of material standard from DIN EN 10220 into DIN EN 10216-3 for the range PN ≤ 31,5 MPa in steel.
Part 10.3: Flanges, welding fittings

- Change of flange standard from DIN EN 1092-1 into DIN 2633 and DIN 2527.
Part 10.4: Pipe fasteners

1). 2)
- Page 2: addition of footnotes and .
Part 10.5: High and low-pressure hoselines

- Change from SN 545-2 into SN 544-3.
Units of quantity (QU) and their designations
QU Designation QU Designation
0 set(s) 5 m³
1 kg 6 t
2 piece(s) 7 litre(s)
3 m 8 panel
4 m2 9 pair(s)
Conversion table for pressure units

Designation Symbol kp/cm² psi
bar Pa
of the unit of the unit (at) (lb/inch²)
Bar 1 bar 1 100.000 1,01972 14,5038
Pascal
Newton per 1 Pa 1,01972 1,45038
1,0 x 10-5 1
square 1 N/m² x10-5 x10-4
metre
Technical
1 kp/cm² 0,9807 98.066,5 1 14,2233
atmosphere
Pound per 1 psi

0,06895 6.894,74 0,070307 1
square inch 1 lb/inch²
Only the units shown in bold type are regulated by law in the Federal Republic of Germany.
Imprint
STANDARDS BOOK 2008 is published by SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft.
SMS Demag AG
Normung (Dept. of Standardization)
Wiesenstraße 30,
57271 Hilchenbach, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 2733 29–1093
Fax: +49 (0) 2733 29–1073
E-mail: hueb@sms-demag.com
mott@sms-demag.com

Standards Book - 2008

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Standards Book - 2008

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

1 MATERIALS

3 CURVES, DIAGONALS, UNDERCUTS

PERMISSIBLE BOLT LOADS, TIGHTENING TORQUES,

DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS ON FASTENERS

6 SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS; SETSCREWS, PINS, STUDS AND OTHER

8 AXLE HOLDERS, PINS, BUSHINGS

STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS

STANDARD PIPE DIMENSIONS, PIPE COUPLINGS,

© SMS Demag AG 2008

SMS Demag Aktiengesellschaft

1st edition (January 2008)

In STOR under Designation In SAP under

DIN 174 Flats EN 10278

DIN 176 Hexagons EN 10278

DIN 939 Stud e = 1,5 x d SN 375

DIN 1142 Wire rope grip EN 13411-5

Tube, seamless, for precision

DIN 2440 Tube (threaded tube) EN 10255

DIN 2441 Tube (threaded tube) EN 10255

DIN 2828 Cam locking coupling EN 14420-7

DIN 3090 Thimble EN 13411-1

DIN 3870 Union nut ISO 8434-1

ISO 4014 Hexagon head bolt (> M64) DIN 931

Hexagon socket head cap screw

SN 734 Pipe fastener / clamp DIN 3015-2

SN 751/807 etc. Welding cone coupling Catalogue item (AVIT)

ISO 12240-1, type E

SN 832/865 etc. Compression ferrule coupling Catalogue item (Parker Ermeto)

In SAP under Designation In STOR under

Hexagon socket head cap screw

DIN 3015-2 Pipe fastener / clamp SN 734

DIN 3771 O-ring SN 430

EN 10208-2 Tube, seamless DIN 2448

EN 10216-1 Tube, seamless DIN 2448

EN 10216-2 Tube, seamless DIN 2448

EN 10216-3 Tube, seamless DIN 2448

EN 10217-1 Tube, welded DIN 2458

EN 10217-2 Tube, welded DIN 2458

EN 10255 Tube (threaded tube) DIN 2440

EN 10255 Tube (threaded tube) DIN 2441

EN 10278 Flats DIN 174

EN 10278 Hexagons DIN 176

EN 10296-1 Tube, welded DIN 2458

EN 10297-1 Tube, seamless DIN 2448

EN 13411-5 Wire rope grip DIN 1142

EN 14420-7 Cam locking coupling DIN 2828

ISO 8434-1 Union nut DIN 3870

ISO 8434-4 O-ring SN 430

Catalogue item (Parker Ermeto) Compression ferrule coupling SN 832/865 etc.

Catalogue item (AVIT) Welding cone coupling SN 751/807 etc.

SN 375 Stud e = 1,5 x d DIN 939

Table of contents: Page

Rolled and forged steels ....................................................................................................................................2 to 27

Steels for screws, bolts, nuts and washers ...................................................................................................28 to 31

Cast iron ..................................................................................................................................................................32

Cast steel ................................................................................................................................................................32 to 37

Non-ferrous metals ...............................................................................................................................................38 to 45

Notch impact energy

For footnotes, see page 46

HRC HV1 Rht HV3 HV3 Nht C Si Mn P&S Cr Mo Cu N TP

* Value applies to product thicknesses <40 mm

Yield point or 0,2% proof

Notch impact energy